|
78
|
1 ;;; Do NOT edit this file!
|
|
|
2 ;;; It is automatically generated using "make autoloads"
|
|
|
3 ;;; See update-autoloads.sh and autoload.el for more details.
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
5
|
|
100
|
6 ;;;### (autoloads (BibTeX-auto-store) "latex" "auctex/latex.el")
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
8 (autoload 'BibTeX-auto-store "latex" "\
|
|
|
9 This function should be called from bibtex-mode-hook.
|
|
|
10 It will setup BibTeX to store keys in an auto file." nil nil)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
12 ;;;***
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-info" "auctex/tex-info.el")
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 ;;;***
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
18 ;;;### (autoloads (japanese-latex-mode japanese-plain-tex-mode) "tex-jp" "auctex/tex-jp.el")
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 (autoload 'japanese-plain-tex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
21 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
22 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters plain-tex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
24 (autoload 'japanese-latex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
25 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
26 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters latex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 ;;;***
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
30 ;;;### (autoloads (TeX-submit-bug-report TeX-insert-quote TeX-auto-generate-global TeX-auto-generate ams-tex-mode) "tex" "auctex/tex.el")
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
32 (autoload 'ams-tex-mode "tex" "\
|
|
|
33 Major mode for editing files of input for AmS TeX.
|
|
|
34 See info under AUC TeX for documentation.
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 Special commands:
|
|
|
37 \\{TeX-mode-map}
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
39 Entering AmS-tex-mode calls the value of text-mode-hook,
|
|
|
40 then the value of TeX-mode-hook, and then the value
|
|
|
41 of AmS-TeX-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
43 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate "tex" "\
|
|
|
44 Generate style file for TEX and store it in AUTO.
|
|
|
45 If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all files in the directory." t nil)
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
47 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate-global "tex" "\
|
|
|
48 Create global auto directory for global TeX macro definitions." t nil)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
50 (autoload 'TeX-insert-quote "tex" "\
|
|
|
51 Insert the appropriate quote marks for TeX.
|
|
|
52 Inserts the value of `TeX-open-quote' (normally ``) or `TeX-close-quote'
|
|
|
53 \(normally '') depending on the context. If `TeX-quote-after-quote'
|
|
|
54 is non-nil, this insertion works only after \".
|
|
|
55 With prefix argument, always inserts \" characters." t nil)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
57 (autoload 'TeX-submit-bug-report "tex" "\
|
|
|
58 Submit via mail a bug report on AUC TeX" t nil)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 ;;;***
|
|
|
61
|
|
78
|
62 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse batch-byte-compile display-call-tree byte-compile-sexp byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-file byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "bytecomp/bytecomp.el")
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
65 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
|
|
|
66 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
69 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
|
|
|
70 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
71 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also unless argument
|
|
|
72 NORECURSION is non-nil.
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
74 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
|
|
|
75 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
|
|
|
76 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
|
|
|
77 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
81 If the fourth argument FORCE is non-nil,
|
|
|
82 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
84 (autoload 'byte-recompile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
85 Recompile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME if it needs recompilation.
|
|
|
86 This is if the `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not*
|
|
|
89 compiled. But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user
|
|
|
90 whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 don't ask and recompile anyway." t nil)
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
92 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
93 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
|
|
|
94 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
|
|
|
95 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling." t nil)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
98 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
|
|
|
99 Print the result in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
100 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
102 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
103 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
|
|
|
104 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 (autoload 'byte-compile-sexp "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
107 Compile and return SEXP." nil nil)
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
109 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
110 Display a call graph of a specified file.
|
|
|
111 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
|
|
|
112 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
|
|
|
113 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
|
|
|
114 all functions called by those functions.
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
116 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
|
|
|
117 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
|
|
|
118 cons, etc.).
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
|
|
|
121 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
|
|
|
122 invoked interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
124 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
125 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
126 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
|
|
|
127 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
|
|
|
128 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
129 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
132 Same as `batch-byte-recompile-directory' but without recursion." nil nil)
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
134 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
135 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
136 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
137 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
139 ;;;***
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
141 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "bytecomp/disass.el")
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
143 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
|
|
|
144 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
|
|
|
145 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
|
|
|
146 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
|
|
|
147 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
|
|
|
148 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 ;;;***
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el")
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
158 ;;;***
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el")
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
162 (defvar calendar-setup 'one-frame "\
|
|
|
163 The frame set up of the calendar.
|
|
|
164 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
|
|
|
165 dediciated frame) or `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
|
|
|
166 frames); with any other value the current frame is used.")
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
168 ;;;***
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el")
|
|
|
171
|
|
134
|
172 (defcustom calendar-week-start-day 0 "*The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.\n0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
174 (defcustom calendar-offset 0 "*The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.\n0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,\n+1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off\nthe screen." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176 (defcustom view-diary-entries-initially nil "*Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.\nThe diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,\nif the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed\nis governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
178 (defcustom number-of-diary-entries 1 "*Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.\nThis variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,\nor if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For\nexample, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary\nentries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current\nday's and the next day's entries will be displayed.\n\nThe value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value\nsays to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries\nfor the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,\ndisplay Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only\nSaturday's entries on Saturday.\n\nThis variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command\nfrom the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the\nnumber of days of diary entries displayed." :type 'integer :group 'diary)
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
182 (defcustom view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "*Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.\nThe holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first\ndisplayed." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 (defcustom mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 (defcustom all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.\nThis means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
188 (defcustom all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.\nThis means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
190 (defcustom all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.\nThis means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
192 (defcustom calendar-load-hook nil "*List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.\nThis is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 (defcustom initial-calendar-window-hook nil "*List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.\nThe functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but\nonce opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command\nand reentering it will cause these functions to be called again." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
196 (defcustom today-visible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.\nThis can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a\nfunction `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)\nIt can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';\na function is also provided for this:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is not visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 (defcustom today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 (defcustom diary-file "~/diary" "*Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.\n\nThe file's entries are lines in any of the forms\n\n MONTH/DAY\n MONTH/DAY/YEAR\n MONTHNAME DAY\n MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nat the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry\nstring for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is\na number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.\nIf the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.\nDAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.\nMONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three\ncharacters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,\nMONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,\nrespectively.\n\nThe European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used\ninstead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set\n`european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nTo revert to the default American style from the European style, execute\n`american-calendar' in the calendar.\n\nA diary entry can be preceded by the character\n`diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry\nnonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar\nwindow but will appear in a diary window.\n\nMultiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with\neither a TAB or one or more spaces.\n\nLines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary\nentries (in the default American style):\n\n 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!\n &1/1. Happy New Year!\n 10/22 Ruth's birthday.\n 21: Payday\n Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am\n Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.\n 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!\n &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.\n mar 16 Dad's birthday\n April 15, 1989 Income tax due.\n &* 15 time cards due.\n\nIf the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with\nno trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the\ndiary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the\nsingle diary entry\n\n 02/11/1989\n Bill Blattner visits Princeton today\n 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting\n 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'\n 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden\n 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan\n 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School\n\nwill appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This\nfacility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if\nused with more than one day's entries displayed.\n\nDiary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry\n\n %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation\n\ncauses the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November\n10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',\n`diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',\n`diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',\n`diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', `diary-phases-of-moon',\n`diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', and\n`diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function\n`list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.\n\nDiary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also\npossible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored\nunless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the\n`nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation\nfor these functions for details.\n\nDiary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for\ndetails, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'file :group 'diary)
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 (defcustom diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "*Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
204 (defcustom hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 (defcustom islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
208 (defcustom diary-include-string "#include" "*The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.\nSee the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 (defcustom sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "*The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.\nSee the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 (defcustom abbreviated-calendar-year t "*Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.\nFor the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.\nIf this variable is nil, years must be written in full." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
214 (defcustom european-calendar-style nil "*Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.\nIf this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,\n1990. The accepted European date styles are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nNames can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three\ncharacters with or without a period." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 (defcustom american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
218 (defcustom european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<[^*0-9]") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 (defcustom european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.\nSee the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
222 (defcustom american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.\nSee the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 (defcustom print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "*List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.\nThe buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary\nbuffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for\nexample, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer\ninstead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 (defcustom list-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.\nIt is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.\n\nA function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of\nthis hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n\n #include \"filename\"\n\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing\nthe variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'\nas part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.\n\nFor example, you could use\n\n (setq list-diary-entries-hook\n '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))\n (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)\n\nin your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with\ndiary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into\nlexicographic order." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
228 (defcustom diary-hook nil "*List of functions called after the display of the diary.\nCan be used for appointment notification." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
230 (defcustom diary-display-hook nil "*List of functions that handle the display of the diary.\nIf nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no\ndiary display.\n\nOrdinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in\nthe mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these\nfunctions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order\nby date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)\nSTRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be\nused, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with\nholidays), or produce hard copy output.\n\nA function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative\nchoice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary\nbuffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement\nwith headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the\nvariable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy\ndiary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even\nif that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy\ndiary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "*List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
234 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.\n\nA function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the\nmark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n #include \"filename\"\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the\nvariable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as\npart of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "*List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
238 (defcustom diary-list-include-blanks nil "*If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.\nSuch days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they\nare holidays." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
240 (defcustom holidays-in-diary-buffer t "*Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.\nThe holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the\nfancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions\nsomewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
242 (defcustom general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Ground Hog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fool's Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "*General holidays. Default value is for the United States.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
|
|
78
|
243
|
|
|
244 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
245
|
|
134
|
246 (defcustom local-holidays nil "*Local holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays :group 'local)
|
|
78
|
247
|
|
|
248 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
249
|
|
134
|
250 (defcustom other-holidays nil "*User defined holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
|
|
78
|
251
|
|
|
252 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
262 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
264 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
270 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
|
|
|
271 *Jewish holidays.
|
|
|
272 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
274 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
276 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
|
|
|
277 *Christian holidays.
|
|
|
278 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
282 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
|
|
|
283 *Islamic holidays.
|
|
|
284 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
288 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
|
|
|
289 *Sun-related holidays.
|
|
|
290 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
292 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
294 (defvar calendar-holidays (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays christian-holidays hebrew-holidays islamic-holidays solar-holidays) "\
|
|
|
295 *List of notable days for the command M-x holidays.
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the list
|
|
|
298 `other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting any of
|
|
|
299 `general-holidays', `local-holidays' `christian-holidays', `hebrew-holidays',
|
|
|
300 `islamic-holidays', or `solar-holidays' to nil in your .emacs file, you can
|
|
|
301 eliminate unwanted categories of holidays. The intention is that (in the US)
|
|
|
302 `local-holidays' be set in site-init.el and `other-holidays' be set by the
|
|
|
303 user.
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
305 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
|
|
|
306 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the in the
|
|
|
307 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
|
|
|
308 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
310 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
|
|
|
311 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
|
|
|
312 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
|
|
|
313 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
|
|
|
314 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
|
|
|
315 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
|
|
|
316 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
|
|
|
317 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
|
|
|
318 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
|
|
|
319 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
|
|
|
320 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
|
|
|
321 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
|
|
|
322 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
|
|
|
323 is an expression in the variable `date'.
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
325 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
327 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
|
|
|
330 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
332 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
334 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
|
|
|
335 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
337 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan, while to
|
|
|
340 add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday use
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram. To
|
|
|
345 add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
347 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
349 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
|
|
|
350 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
|
|
|
351 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
353 (holiday-sexp
|
|
|
354 (if (zerop (% year 4))
|
|
|
355 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
356 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
357 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
358 (list 11 1 year)))))))
|
|
|
359 \"US Presidential Election\")
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 or
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
363 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
|
|
|
364 (holiday-fixed 11
|
|
|
365 (extract-calendar-day
|
|
|
366 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
367 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
368 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
369 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
|
|
|
370 \"US Presidential Election\"))
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
374 (lunar-phases)
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
|
|
|
377 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
|
|
|
378 with descriptive strings such as
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
|
|
|
385 Display a three-month calendar in another window.
|
|
|
386 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in the middle
|
|
|
387 surrounded by the previous and next months. The cursor is put on today's date.
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
389 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file; appropriate setting
|
|
|
392 of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' will cause the diary entries for
|
|
|
393 the current date to be displayed in another window. The value of the variable
|
|
|
394 `number-of-diary-entries' controls the number of days of diary entries
|
|
|
395 displayed upon initial display of the calendar.
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 An optional prefix argument ARG causes the calendar displayed to be ARG
|
|
|
398 months in the future if ARG is positive or in the past if ARG is negative;
|
|
|
399 in this case the cursor goes on the first day of the month.
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
401 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved into view.
|
|
|
402 Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar can be scrolled forward
|
|
|
403 or backward.
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
405 The cursor can be moved forward or backward by one day, one week, one month,
|
|
|
406 or one year. All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
|
|
|
407 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the digit keys
|
|
|
408 and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. The window is replotted as
|
|
|
409 necessary to display the desired date.
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
411 Diary entries can be marked on the calendar or displayed in another window.
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 Use M-x describe-mode for details of the key bindings in the calendar window.
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 The Gregorian calendar is assumed.
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 After loading the calendar, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
418 `calendar-load-hook' are run. This is the place to add key bindings to the
|
|
|
419 calendar-mode-map.
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
421 After preparing the calendar window initially, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
422 `initial-calendar-window-hook' are run.
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
424 The hooks given by the variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' are run
|
|
|
425 everytime the calendar window gets scrolled, if the current date is visible
|
|
|
426 in the window. If it is not visible, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
427 `today-invisible-calendar-hook' are run. Thus, for example, setting
|
|
|
428 `today-visible-calendar-hook' to 'calendar-star-date will cause today's date
|
|
|
429 to be replaced by asterisks to highlight it whenever it is in the window." t nil)
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
431 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "calendar" "\
|
|
|
432 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
|
|
|
433 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
|
|
|
434 from the cursor position." t nil)
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
436 ;;;***
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
438 ;;;### (autoloads (diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el")
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
440 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
|
|
|
441 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
|
|
|
442 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
|
|
|
443 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
|
|
|
444 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 ;;;***
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 ;;;### (autoloads (holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el")
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
450 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
|
|
|
451 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
452 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
454 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
456 ;;;***
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
458 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el")
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
460 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
|
|
|
461 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
462 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
464 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
466 ;;;***
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
468 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el")
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
470 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
|
|
|
471 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
473 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
|
|
|
474 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
|
|
|
475 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
477 For example, the form
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
|
|
|
480 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
482 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
|
|
|
485 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
487 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
488 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
489 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
|
|
|
490 York City.
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
|
|
|
495 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
498 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
499 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
|
|
|
500 York City.
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
|
|
|
505 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', calendar-latitude'.
|
|
|
506 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
|
|
|
507 pair.
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
509 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
511 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
|
|
|
512 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to +/- 2 minutes.
|
|
|
513 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
515 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
|
|
|
516 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
518 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
|
|
|
521 Date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
|
|
|
522 Requires floating point." nil nil)
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 ;;;***
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-dynamic-list-completions comint-dynamic-complete comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint/comint.el")
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
|
|
|
529 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
|
|
|
530 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
|
|
|
531 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
|
|
|
532 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
|
|
|
533 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
|
|
|
534 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
|
|
|
535 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
|
|
|
536
|
|
|
537 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
|
|
|
540 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
|
|
|
541 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
|
|
|
542 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
|
|
|
543 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
|
|
|
544 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
546 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-complete "comint" "\
|
|
|
547 Dynamically perform completion at point.
|
|
|
548 Calls the functions in `comint-dynamic-complete-functions' to perform
|
|
|
549 completion until a function returns non-nil, at which point completion is
|
|
|
550 assumed to have occurred." t nil)
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
552 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-list-completions "comint" "\
|
|
|
553 List in help buffer sorted COMPLETIONS.
|
|
|
554 Typing SPC flushes the help buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
556 ;;;***
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
558 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb) "gdb" "comint/gdb.el")
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 (defvar gdb-command-name "gdb" "\
|
|
|
561 Pathname for executing gdb.")
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
563 (autoload 'gdb "gdb" "\
|
|
|
564 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gdb-FILE*.
|
|
|
565 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
566 and source-file directory for GDB. If you wish to change this, use
|
|
|
567 the GDB commands `cd DIR' and `directory'." t nil)
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
569 ;;;***
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
571 ;;;### (autoloads (gdbsrc) "gdbsrc" "comint/gdbsrc.el")
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
573 (autoload 'gdbsrc "gdbsrc" "\
|
|
|
574 Activates a gdb session with gdbsrc-mode turned on. A numeric prefix
|
|
|
575 argument can be used to specify a running process to attach, and a non-numeric
|
|
|
576 prefix argument will cause you to be prompted for a core file to debug." t nil)
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
578 ;;;***
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
580 ;;;### (autoloads (perldb xdb dbx sdb) "gud" "comint/gud.el")
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
583 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
584 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
585 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
587 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
|
|
|
588 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
589 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
590 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
591
|
|
|
592 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
593 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
594 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
595 and source-file directory for your debugger.
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
597 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
|
|
|
598 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
|
|
|
599
|
|
|
600 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
|
|
|
601 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
602 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
603 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
604
|
|
|
605 ;;;***
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "comint/inf-lisp.el")
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
609 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 ;;;***
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
613 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "comint/rlogin.el")
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
615 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
|
|
|
618 Open a network login connection to HOST via the `rlogin' program.
|
|
|
619 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
|
|
|
622 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
|
|
|
623 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
|
|
|
624 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
626 When called from a program, if the optional second argument is a string or
|
|
|
627 buffer, it names the buffer to use.
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
|
|
|
630 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
|
|
|
633 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
|
|
|
634 INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
636 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
|
|
|
637 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
|
|
|
638 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
|
|
|
639 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
|
|
|
640 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
|
|
|
643 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
|
|
|
644 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
|
|
|
645 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
647 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
|
|
|
648 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
|
|
|
649 variable." t nil)
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
651 ;;;***
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
653 ;;;### (autoloads (shell) "shell" "comint/shell.el")
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
655 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern (purecopy "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *") "\
|
|
|
656 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
|
|
|
657 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
|
|
|
658 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
|
|
|
659 shell buffer.
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
661 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
|
|
|
662 shell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
|
|
|
663 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
665 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
667 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
|
|
|
668 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
|
|
|
669 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
|
|
|
670 If buffer exists and shell process is running,
|
|
|
671 just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
|
|
|
672 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
|
|
|
673 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
|
|
|
674 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
|
|
|
675 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
|
|
|
676 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
|
|
|
677 discards input when it starts up.)
|
|
|
678 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
|
|
|
679 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
|
|
|
680 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
682 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
|
|
|
683 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
|
|
|
684 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
|
|
|
685 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
687 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
689 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
|
|
|
690
|
|
|
691 ;;;***
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
693 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "comint/telnet.el")
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
695 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
697 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
|
|
|
698 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
699 With a prefix argument, prompts for the port name or number as well.
|
|
|
700 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*HOST-telnet*'.
|
|
|
701 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
702 See also `\\[rsh]'." t nil)
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
704 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
706 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
|
|
|
707 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
708 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
|
|
|
709 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
710 See also `\\[telnet]'." t nil)
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
712 ;;;***
|
|
|
713
|
|
134
|
714 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all custom-buffer-create customize-apropos customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face customize-variable-other-window customize-variable customize-other-window customize) "cus-edit" "custom/cus-edit.el")
|
|
106
|
715
|
|
|
716 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
717 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
718
|
|
134
|
719 (autoload 'customize-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
720 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
721
|
|
106
|
722 (autoload 'customize-variable "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
723 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a variable." t nil)
|
|
|
724
|
|
124
|
725 (autoload 'customize-variable-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
726 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a variable.
|
|
|
727 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
|
|
|
728
|
|
106
|
729 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
|
|
102
|
730 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
|
|
|
731 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
|
|
98
|
732
|
|
124
|
733 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
734 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
735
|
|
106
|
736 (autoload 'customize-customized "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
737 Customize all already customized user options." t nil)
|
|
|
738
|
|
106
|
739 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
740 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
741 If ALL (e.g., started with a prefix key), include options which are not
|
|
|
742 user-settable." t nil)
|
|
|
743
|
|
106
|
744 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
745 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
|
|
|
746 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
|
|
|
747 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
|
|
|
748 that option." nil nil)
|
|
|
749
|
|
116
|
750 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
751 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
752
|
|
120
|
753 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
754 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
124
|
755 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
756
|
|
|
757 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
758 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
120
|
759 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
|
|
124
|
760 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
|
|
|
761 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
763 ;;;***
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
765 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-initialize-frame custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "custom/cus-face.el")
|
|
106
|
766
|
|
|
767 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
768 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
|
|
|
769
|
|
124
|
770 (autoload 'custom-initialize-frame "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
771 Initialize local faces for FRAME if necessary.
|
|
|
772 If FRAME is missing or nil, the first member of (frame-list) is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
773
|
|
106
|
774 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
775 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
|
|
|
776 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
778 (FACE SPEC [NOW])
|
|
|
779
|
|
|
780 SPEC will be stored as the saved value for FACE. If NOW is present
|
|
|
781 and non-nil, FACE will also be created according to SPEC.
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
783 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
785 ;;;***
|
|
|
786
|
|
134
|
787 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "custom/wid-browse.el")
|
|
106
|
788
|
|
|
789 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
|
|
98
|
790 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
|
|
|
791
|
|
124
|
792 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
793 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
|
|
|
794
|
|
|
795 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
796 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
797
|
|
134
|
798 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
799 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
|
|
|
800 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
801
|
|
98
|
802 ;;;***
|
|
|
803
|
|
118
|
804 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-apply) "wid-edit" "custom/wid-edit.el")
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
806 (autoload 'widget-apply "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
807 Apply the value of WIDGET's PROPERTY to the widget itself.
|
|
|
808 ARGS are passed as extra arguments to the function." nil nil)
|
|
110
|
809
|
|
|
810 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
811 Create widget of TYPE.
|
|
|
812 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
814 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
815 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
817 ;;;***
|
|
|
818
|
|
78
|
819 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "edebug/edebug.el")
|
|
|
820
|
|
|
821 (autoload 'def-edebug-spec "edebug" "\
|
|
|
822 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
|
|
|
823 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
|
|
|
824 \(naming a function), or a list." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
826 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
|
|
|
827
|
|
|
828 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
|
|
|
829 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
|
|
|
830 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
|
|
|
831 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
|
|
|
832 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
|
|
|
833
|
|
|
834 ;;;***
|
|
|
835
|
|
|
836 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff/ediff-mult.el")
|
|
|
837
|
|
|
838 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
|
|
|
839 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
841 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
|
|
|
842
|
|
|
843 ;;;***
|
|
|
844
|
|
82
|
845 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "ediff/ediff-util.el")
|
|
78
|
846
|
|
|
847 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
|
|
82
|
848 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
|
|
|
849 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
|
|
78
|
850 which see." t nil)
|
|
|
851
|
|
82
|
852 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
|
|
|
853 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
|
|
|
854 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
|
|
|
855 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
|
|
|
856
|
|
78
|
857 ;;;***
|
|
|
858
|
|
|
859 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff/ediff.el")
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
861 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
862 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
864 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
865 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
867 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
869 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
|
|
|
870
|
|
|
871 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
872 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
874 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
876 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
877 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
879 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
|
|
|
880
|
|
|
881 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
882 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
|
|
|
883 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
884 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
885
|
|
|
886 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
888 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
889 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
890 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
891 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
892
|
|
|
893 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
895 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
896 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
|
|
|
897 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
|
|
|
898 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
900 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
902 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
903 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
|
|
|
904 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
905 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
906
|
|
|
907 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
910 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
|
|
|
911 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
|
|
|
912 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
|
|
|
913 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
914 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
916 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
917 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
918 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
919 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
921 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
923 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
924 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
|
|
|
925 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
926 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
928 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
929
|
|
|
930 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
933 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
|
|
|
934 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
935 follows:
|
|
|
936 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
937 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
938
|
|
|
939 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
940 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
|
|
|
941 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
942 follows:
|
|
|
943 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
944 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
945
|
|
|
946 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
947 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
948 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
949 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
|
|
|
950 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
|
|
|
951
|
|
|
952 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
953 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
954 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
955 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
|
|
|
956 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
|
|
|
957 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
959 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
961 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
962 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
963
|
|
|
964 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
965 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
967 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
968
|
|
|
969 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
970 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
972 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
973 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
974
|
|
|
975 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
976 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
|
|
|
977 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
978 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
979
|
|
|
980 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
981 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
|
|
80
|
982 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
78
|
983 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
984
|
|
|
985 (autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
986 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
|
|
|
987 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a lide describing a
|
|
|
988 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
|
|
|
989
|
|
|
990 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
|
|
|
991 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
992
|
|
|
993 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
994 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
995
|
|
|
996 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
|
|
|
997
|
|
|
998 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
|
|
|
999
|
|
|
1000 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1001 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
|
|
|
1002 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1003 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
|
|
|
1004
|
|
|
1005 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1006 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
|
|
|
1007 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
|
|
|
1008
|
|
|
1009 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1010 Display Ediff's manual.
|
|
|
1011 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
|
|
|
1012
|
|
|
1013 ;;;***
|
|
|
1014
|
|
98
|
1015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "default-dir" "efs/default-dir.el")
|
|
|
1016
|
|
|
1017 (defvar default-directory-function nil "\
|
|
|
1018 A function to call to compute the default-directory for the current buffer.
|
|
|
1019 If this is nil, the function default-directory will return the value of the
|
|
|
1020 variable default-directory.
|
|
|
1021 Buffer local.")
|
|
|
1022
|
|
|
1023 ;;;***
|
|
|
1024
|
|
|
1025 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump-back-other-frame dired-jump-back-other-window dired-jump-back dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired) "dired" "efs/dired.el")
|
|
|
1026
|
|
|
1027 (defvar dired-compression-method 'compress "\
|
|
|
1028 *Type of compression program to use.
|
|
|
1029 Give as a symbol.
|
|
|
1030 Currently-recognized methods are: gzip pack compact compress.
|
|
|
1031 To change this variable use \\[dired-do-compress] with a zero prefix.")
|
|
|
1032
|
|
|
1033 (defvar dired-compression-method-alist '((gzip ".gz" ("gzip") ("gzip" "-d") "-f") (compress ".Z" ("compress" "-f") ("compress" "-d") "-f") (pack ".z" ("pack" "-f") ("unpack")) (compact ".C" ("compact") ("uncompact"))) "\
|
|
|
1034 *Association list of compression method descriptions.
|
|
|
1035 Each element of the table should be a list of the form
|
|
|
1036
|
|
|
1037 (compress-type extension (compress-args) (decompress-args) force-flag)
|
|
|
1038
|
|
|
1039 where
|
|
|
1040 `compress-type' is a unique symbol in the alist to which
|
|
|
1041 `dired-compression-method' can be set;
|
|
|
1042 `extension' is the file extension (as a string) used by files compressed
|
|
|
1043 by this method;
|
|
|
1044 `compress-args' is a list of the path of the compression program and
|
|
|
1045 flags to pass as separate arguments;
|
|
|
1046 `decompress-args' is a list of the path of the decompression
|
|
|
1047 program and flags to pass as separate arguments.
|
|
|
1048 `force-flag' is the switch to pass to the command to force overwriting
|
|
|
1049 of existing files.
|
|
|
1050
|
|
|
1051 For example:
|
|
|
1052
|
|
114
|
1053 (setq dired-compression-method-alist
|
|
98
|
1054 (cons '(frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\") \"-f\")
|
|
|
1055 dired-compression-method-alist))
|
|
|
1056 => ((frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\"))
|
|
|
1057 (gzip \".gz\" (\"gzip\") (\"gunzip\"))
|
|
|
1058 ...)
|
|
|
1059
|
|
|
1060 See also: dired-compression-method <V>")
|
|
|
1061
|
|
|
1062 (defvar dired-ls-program "ls" "\
|
|
|
1063 *Absolute or relative name of the ls program used by dired.")
|
|
|
1064
|
|
|
1065 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
|
|
|
1066 *Switches passed to ls for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
|
|
|
1067 Can contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.")
|
|
|
1068
|
|
|
1069 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux dgux usg-unix-v)) "chown" "/etc/chown") "\
|
|
114
|
1070 *Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
|
|
98
|
1071
|
|
|
1072 (defvar dired-gnutar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1073 *If non-nil, name of the GNU tar executable (e.g. \"tar\" or \"gnutar\").
|
|
|
1074 GNU tar's `z' switch is used for compressed tar files.
|
|
|
1075 If you don't have GNU tar, set this to nil: a pipe using `zcat' is then used.")
|
|
|
1076
|
|
|
1077 (defvar dired-unshar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1078 *Set to the name of the unshar program, if you have it.")
|
|
|
1079
|
|
|
1080 (defvar dired-local-variables-file ".dired" "\
|
|
|
1081 *If non-nil, filename for local variables for Dired.
|
|
|
1082 If Dired finds a file with that name in the current directory, it will
|
|
|
1083 temporarily insert it into the dired buffer and run `hack-local-variables'.
|
|
|
1084
|
|
|
1085 Type \\[info] and `g' `(emacs)File Variables' `RET' for more info on
|
|
|
1086 local variables.")
|
|
|
1087
|
|
|
1088 (defvar dired-kept-versions 2 "\
|
|
|
1089 *When cleaning directory, number of versions to keep.")
|
|
|
1090
|
|
|
1091 (defvar dired-find-subdir nil "\
|
|
|
1092 *Determines whether dired tries to lookup a subdir in existing buffers.
|
|
|
1093 If non-nil, dired does not make a new buffer for a directory if it can be
|
|
|
1094 found (perhaps as subdir) in some existing dired buffer. If there are several
|
|
|
1095 dired buffers for a directory, then the most recently used one is chosen.
|
|
|
1096
|
|
|
1097 Dired avoids switching to the current buffer, so that if you have
|
|
|
1098 a normal and a wildcard buffer for the same directory, C-x d RET will
|
|
|
1099 toggle between those two.")
|
|
|
1100
|
|
|
1101 (defvar dired-use-file-transformers t "\
|
|
|
1102 *Determines whether dired uses file transformers.
|
|
|
1103 If non-nil `dired-do-shell-command' will apply file transformers to file names.
|
|
|
1104 See \\[describe-function] for dired-do-shell-command for more information.")
|
|
|
1105
|
|
|
1106 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
|
|
|
1107 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
|
|
|
1108 This means that if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
|
|
|
1109 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1110 The target is put in the prompt for file copy, rename, etc.")
|
|
|
1111
|
|
|
1112 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time nil "\
|
|
|
1113 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
|
|
|
1114 \(This works on only some systems.)\\<dired-mode-map>
|
|
|
1115 Use `\\[dired-do-copy]' with a zero prefix argument to toggle its value.")
|
|
|
1116
|
|
|
1117 (defvar dired-no-confirm nil "\
|
|
|
1118 *If non-nil, a list of symbols for commands dired should not confirm.
|
|
|
1119 It can be a sublist of
|
|
|
1120
|
|
|
1121 '(byte-compile chgrp chmod chown compress copy delete hardlink load
|
|
|
1122 move print shell symlink uncompress recursive-delete kill-file-buffer
|
|
|
1123 kill-dired-buffer patch create-top-dir revert-subdirs)
|
|
|
1124
|
|
|
1125 The meanings of most of the symbols are obvious. A few exceptions:
|
|
|
1126
|
|
|
1127 'compress applies to compression or decompression by any of the
|
|
|
1128 compression program in `dired-compression-method-alist'.
|
|
|
1129
|
|
|
1130 'kill-dired-buffer applies to offering to kill dired buffers for
|
|
|
1131 directories which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1132
|
|
|
1133 'kill-file-buffer applies to offering to kill buffers visiting files
|
|
|
1134 which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1135
|
|
|
1136 'recursive-delete applies to recursively deleting non-empty
|
|
|
1137 directories, and all of their contents.
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 'create-top-dir applies to `dired-up-directory' creating a new top level
|
|
|
1140 directory for the dired buffer.
|
|
|
1141
|
|
|
1142 'revert-subdirs applies to re-reading subdirectories which have
|
|
|
1143 been modified on disk.
|
|
|
1144
|
|
|
1145 Note that this list also applies to remote files accessed with efs
|
|
|
1146 or ange-ftp.")
|
|
|
1147
|
|
|
1148 (defvar dired-backup-if-overwrite nil "\
|
|
|
1149 *Non-nil if Dired should ask about making backups before overwriting files.
|
|
|
1150 Special value 'always suppresses confirmation.")
|
|
|
1151
|
|
|
1152 (defvar dired-omit-files nil "\
|
|
|
1153 *If non-nil un-interesting files will be omitted from this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1154 Use \\[dired-omit-toggle] to see these files. (buffer local)")
|
|
|
1155
|
|
|
1156 (defvar dired-mail-reader 'rmail "\
|
|
|
1157 *Mail reader used by dired for dired-read-mail (\\[dired-read-mail]).
|
|
|
1158 The symbols 'rmail and 'vm are the only two allowed values.")
|
|
|
1159
|
|
118
|
1160 (defvar dired-refresh-automatically t "\
|
|
|
1161 *If non-nil, refresh dired buffers automatically after file operations.")
|
|
|
1162
|
|
98
|
1163 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
|
|
|
1164
|
|
|
1165 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
|
|
|
1166 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
|
|
|
1167 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
|
|
|
1168 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
|
|
|
1169 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
|
|
|
1170 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
|
|
|
1171 its first element is taken as the directory name and the resr as an explicit
|
|
|
1172 list of files to make directory entries for.
|
|
|
1173 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
|
|
|
1174 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
|
|
|
1175 delete them by typing \\[dired-expunge-deletions].
|
|
|
1176 Type \\[dired-describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
|
|
|
1179
|
|
|
1180 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
|
|
|
1181
|
|
|
1182 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1183 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
1184
|
|
|
1185 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
|
|
|
1186
|
|
|
1187 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1188 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1189
|
|
|
1190 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
|
|
|
1191 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
|
|
|
1192
|
|
|
1193 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back)
|
|
|
1194
|
|
|
1195 (autoload 'dired-jump-back "dired" "\
|
|
|
1196 Jump back to dired.
|
|
|
1197 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
|
|
|
1198 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
|
|
|
1199 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
|
|
|
1200 buffer and try again." t nil)
|
|
|
1201
|
|
|
1202 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-window)
|
|
|
1203
|
|
|
1204 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1205 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but to other window." t nil)
|
|
|
1206
|
|
|
1207 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-frame)
|
|
|
1208
|
|
|
1209 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1210 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1211
|
|
|
1212 ;;;***
|
|
|
1213
|
|
116
|
1214 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-ftp-path) "efs-cu" "efs/efs-cu.el")
|
|
114
|
1215
|
|
|
1216 (defvar efs-path-root-regexp "^/[^/:]+:" "\
|
|
|
1217 Regexp to match the `/user@host:' root of an efs full path.")
|
|
|
1218
|
|
116
|
1219 (autoload 'efs-ftp-path "efs-cu" "\
|
|
|
1220 Parse PATH according to efs-path-regexp.
|
|
|
1221 Returns a list (HOST USER PATH), or nil if PATH does not match the format." nil nil)
|
|
|
1222
|
|
|
1223 ;;;***
|
|
|
1224
|
|
|
1225 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-path-file-handler-function) "efs-dump" "efs/efs-dump.el")
|
|
|
1226
|
|
|
1227 (or (assoc efs-path-root-regexp file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (cons efs-path-root-regexp 'remote-path-file-handler-function) file-name-handler-alist)))
|
|
|
1228
|
|
|
1229 (autoload 'remote-path-file-handler-function "efs-dump" "\
|
|
|
1230 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
114
|
1231
|
|
|
1232 ;;;***
|
|
|
1233
|
|
118
|
1234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "efs-fnh" "efs/efs-fnh.el")
|
|
|
1235
|
|
|
1236 (defvar allow-remote-paths t "\
|
|
|
1237 *Set this to nil if you don't want remote paths to access
|
|
|
1238 remote files.")
|
|
|
1239
|
|
|
1240 ;;;***
|
|
|
1241
|
|
114
|
1242 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-root-file-name-completion efs-root-file-name-all-completions efs-set-passwd) "efs-netrc" "efs/efs-netrc.el")
|
|
|
1243
|
|
|
1244 (autoload 'efs-set-passwd "efs-netrc" "\
|
|
|
1245 For a given HOST and USER, set or change the associated PASSWORD." t nil)
|
|
|
1246
|
|
|
1247 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-all-completions "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1248
|
|
|
1249 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-completion "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1250
|
|
|
1251 ;;;***
|
|
|
1252
|
|
|
1253 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-report-bug) "efs-report" "efs/efs-report.el")
|
|
|
1254
|
|
|
1255 (autoload 'efs-report-bug "efs-report" "\
|
|
|
1256 Submit a bug report for efs." t nil)
|
|
|
1257
|
|
|
1258 ;;;***
|
|
|
1259
|
|
116
|
1260 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-file-handler-function efs-nslookup-host efs-display-ftp-activity) "efs" "efs/efs.el")
|
|
|
1261
|
|
|
1262 (autoload 'efs-display-ftp-activity "efs" "\
|
|
|
1263 Displays the number of active background ftp sessions in the modeline.
|
|
|
1264 Uses the variable `efs-mode-line-format' to determine how this will be
|
|
|
1265 displayed." t nil)
|
|
114
|
1266
|
|
|
1267 (autoload 'efs-nslookup-host "efs" "\
|
|
|
1268 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
1269
|
|
|
1270 (autoload 'efs-file-handler-function "efs" "\
|
|
|
1271 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
|
1272
|
|
|
1273 ;;;***
|
|
|
1274
|
|
78
|
1275 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "electric/ebuff-menu.el")
|
|
|
1276
|
|
|
1277 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
|
|
|
1278 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
|
|
|
1279 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
|
|
|
1280 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
|
|
|
1281
|
|
|
1282 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
|
|
|
1283 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
|
|
|
1284 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
|
|
|
1287 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
|
|
|
1288 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
|
|
|
1289
|
|
|
1290 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
|
|
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
|
|
|
1293 When called from Lisp code, FILES-ONLY may be a regular expression,
|
|
|
1294 in which case only buffers whose names match that expression are listed,
|
|
|
1295 or an arbitrary predicate function.
|
|
|
1296
|
|
|
1297 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
1298
|
|
|
1299 ;;;***
|
|
|
1300
|
|
|
1301 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-command-history Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "electric/echistory.el")
|
|
|
1302
|
|
|
1303 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1304 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
|
|
|
1305 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
|
|
|
1306
|
|
|
1307 (autoload 'electric-command-history "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1308 \\<electric-history-map>Major mode for examining and redoing commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
1309 This pops up a window with the Command History listing.
|
|
|
1310 The number of command listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
1311 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1312 Combines typeout Command History list window with menu like selection
|
|
|
1313 of an expression from the history for re-evaluation in the *original* buffer.
|
|
|
1314
|
|
|
1315 The history displayed is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1316
|
|
|
1317 Like Emacs-Lisp mode except that characters do not insert themselves and
|
|
|
1318 Tab and Linefeed do not indent. Instead these commands are provided:
|
|
|
1319 \\{electric-history-map}
|
|
|
1320
|
|
|
1321 Calls the value of `electric-command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
1322 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
1323
|
|
|
1324 ;;;***
|
|
|
1325
|
|
|
1326 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "electric/ehelp.el")
|
|
|
1327
|
|
|
1328 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
|
|
|
1329 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
|
|
|
1330 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
|
|
|
1331 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
|
|
|
1332 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
|
|
|
1333 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
|
|
|
1334 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
|
|
|
1335 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
|
|
|
1336
|
|
|
1337 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1338 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
|
|
|
1339
|
|
|
1340 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
|
|
|
1341 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
|
|
|
1342 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
|
|
|
1343 this value is non-nil.
|
|
|
1344
|
|
|
1345 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1346 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
|
|
|
1347 things.
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
|
|
|
1350 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
|
|
|
1351 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1354
|
|
|
1355 ;;;***
|
|
|
1356
|
|
|
1357 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "electric/helper.el")
|
|
|
1358
|
|
|
1359 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
|
|
|
1360 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1361
|
|
|
1362 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
|
|
|
1363 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1364
|
|
|
1365 ;;;***
|
|
|
1366
|
|
|
1367 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulators/edt.el")
|
|
|
1368
|
|
|
1369 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
|
|
|
1370 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1371
|
|
|
1372 ;;;***
|
|
|
1373
|
|
|
1374 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulators/mlconvert.el")
|
|
|
1375
|
|
|
1376 (autoload 'convert-mocklisp-buffer "mlconvert" "\
|
|
|
1377 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
|
|
|
1378
|
|
|
1379 ;;;***
|
|
|
1380
|
|
|
1381 ;;;### (autoloads (teco-command) "teco" "emulators/teco.el")
|
|
|
1382
|
|
|
1383 (autoload 'teco-command "teco" "\
|
|
|
1384 Read and execute a Teco command string." t nil)
|
|
|
1385
|
|
|
1386 ;;;***
|
|
|
1387
|
|
|
1388 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulators/tpu-edt.el")
|
|
|
1389
|
|
|
1390 (fset 'tpu-edt-mode 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1391
|
|
|
1392 (fset 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1393
|
|
|
1394 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
|
|
|
1395 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1396
|
|
|
1397 ;;;***
|
|
|
1398
|
|
|
1399 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "emulators/tpu-extras.el")
|
|
|
1400
|
|
|
1401 (autoload 'tpu-set-scroll-margins "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1402 Set scroll margins." t nil)
|
|
|
1403
|
|
|
1404 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-free "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1405 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
|
|
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-bound "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1408 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 ;;;***
|
|
|
1411
|
|
|
1412 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulators/ws-mode.el")
|
|
|
1413
|
|
|
1414 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
|
|
|
1415 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
|
|
|
1416
|
|
|
1417 BUGS:
|
|
|
1418 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
|
|
|
1419 are not implemented
|
|
|
1420 - Options for search and replace
|
|
|
1421 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
|
|
|
1422 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
|
|
|
1423
|
|
|
1424 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
|
|
|
1425 Emacs-like.
|
|
|
1426
|
|
|
1427 The key bindings are:
|
|
|
1428
|
|
|
1429 C-a backward-word
|
|
|
1430 C-b fill-paragraph
|
|
|
1431 C-c scroll-up-line
|
|
|
1432 C-d forward-char
|
|
|
1433 C-e previous-line
|
|
|
1434 C-f forward-word
|
|
|
1435 C-g delete-char
|
|
|
1436 C-h backward-char
|
|
|
1437 C-i indent-for-tab-command
|
|
|
1438 C-j help-for-help
|
|
|
1439 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
|
|
|
1440 C-l ws-repeat-search
|
|
|
1441 C-n open-line
|
|
|
1442 C-p quoted-insert
|
|
|
1443 C-r scroll-down-line
|
|
|
1444 C-s backward-char
|
|
|
1445 C-t kill-word
|
|
|
1446 C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1447 C-v overwrite-mode
|
|
|
1448 C-w scroll-down
|
|
|
1449 C-x next-line
|
|
|
1450 C-y kill-complete-line
|
|
|
1451 C-z scroll-up
|
|
|
1452
|
|
|
1453 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
|
|
|
1454 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
|
|
|
1455 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
|
|
|
1456 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
|
|
|
1457 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
|
|
|
1458 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
|
|
|
1459 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
|
|
|
1460 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
|
|
|
1461 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
|
|
|
1462 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
|
|
|
1463 C-k b ws-begin-block
|
|
|
1464 C-k c ws-copy-block
|
|
|
1465 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
|
|
|
1466 C-k f find-file
|
|
|
1467 C-k h ws-show-markers
|
|
|
1468 C-k i ws-indent-block
|
|
|
1469 C-k k ws-end-block
|
|
|
1470 C-k p ws-print-block
|
|
|
1471 C-k q kill-emacs
|
|
|
1472 C-k r insert-file
|
|
|
1473 C-k s save-some-buffers
|
|
|
1474 C-k t ws-mark-word
|
|
|
1475 C-k u ws-exdent-block
|
|
|
1476 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1477 C-k v ws-move-block
|
|
|
1478 C-k w ws-write-block
|
|
|
1479 C-k x kill-emacs
|
|
|
1480 C-k y ws-delete-block
|
|
|
1481
|
|
|
1482 C-o c wordstar-center-line
|
|
|
1483 C-o b switch-to-buffer
|
|
|
1484 C-o j justify-current-line
|
|
|
1485 C-o k kill-buffer
|
|
|
1486 C-o l list-buffers
|
|
|
1487 C-o m auto-fill-mode
|
|
|
1488 C-o r set-fill-column
|
|
|
1489 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1490 C-o wd delete-other-windows
|
|
|
1491 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
|
|
|
1492 C-o wo other-window
|
|
|
1493 C-o wv split-window-vertically
|
|
|
1494
|
|
|
1495 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
|
|
|
1496 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
|
|
|
1497 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
|
|
|
1498 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
|
|
|
1499 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
|
|
|
1500 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
|
|
|
1501 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
|
|
|
1502 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
|
|
|
1503 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
|
|
|
1504 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
|
|
|
1505 C-q a ws-query-replace
|
|
|
1506 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
|
|
|
1507 C-q c end-of-buffer
|
|
|
1508 C-q d end-of-line
|
|
|
1509 C-q f ws-search
|
|
|
1510 C-q k ws-to-block-end
|
|
|
1511 C-q l ws-undo
|
|
|
1512 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
|
|
|
1513 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
|
|
|
1514 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1515 C-q w ws-last-error
|
|
|
1516 C-q y ws-kill-eol
|
|
|
1517 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
|
|
|
1518 " t nil)
|
|
|
1519
|
|
|
1520 ;;;***
|
|
|
1521
|
|
|
1522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs-eos" "eos/loaddefs-eos.el")
|
|
|
1523
|
|
|
1524 ;;;***
|
|
|
1525
|
|
|
1526 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "games/blackbox.el")
|
|
|
1527
|
|
|
1528 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
|
|
|
1529 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
|
|
|
1530 the default is 4.
|
|
|
1531
|
|
|
1532 What is blackbox?
|
|
|
1533
|
|
|
1534 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
|
|
|
1535 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
|
|
|
1536 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
|
|
|
1537 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
|
|
|
1538 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
|
|
|
1539 your score.
|
|
|
1540
|
|
|
1541 Overview of play:
|
|
|
1542
|
|
|
1543 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
|
|
|
1544 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
|
|
|
1545 four.
|
|
|
1546
|
|
|
1547 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
|
|
|
1548 movement keys.
|
|
|
1549
|
|
|
1550 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
|
|
|
1551 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
|
|
|
1552
|
|
|
1553 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
|
|
|
1554 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
|
|
|
1555
|
|
|
1556 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
|
|
|
1557 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
|
|
|
1558 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
|
|
|
1559 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
|
|
|
1560 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
|
|
|
1561 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
|
|
|
1562
|
|
|
1563 Details:
|
|
|
1564
|
|
|
1565 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
|
|
|
1566
|
|
|
1567 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
|
|
|
1568 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
|
|
|
1569 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
|
|
|
1570 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
|
|
|
1571
|
|
|
1572 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
|
|
|
1573 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
|
|
|
1574 denoted by the letter `R'.
|
|
|
1575
|
|
|
1576 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
|
|
|
1577 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
|
|
|
1578 denoted by the letter `H'.
|
|
|
1579
|
|
|
1580 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
|
|
|
1581 example.
|
|
|
1582
|
|
|
1583 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
|
|
|
1584 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
|
|
|
1585 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
|
|
|
1586 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
|
|
|
1587 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
|
|
|
1588 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
|
|
|
1589 ray.
|
|
|
1590
|
|
|
1591 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
|
|
|
1592 degree deflection it causes.
|
|
|
1593
|
|
|
1594 1
|
|
|
1595 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1596 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1597 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
|
|
|
1598 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
|
|
|
1599 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
|
|
|
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
|
|
|
1601 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
|
|
|
1602 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
|
|
|
1603 2 3
|
|
|
1604
|
|
|
1605 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
|
|
|
1606 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
|
|
|
1607
|
|
|
1608
|
|
|
1609 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1610 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1611 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1612 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1613 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1614 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1615 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1616 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1617
|
|
|
1618 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
|
|
|
1619 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
|
|
|
1620 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
|
|
|
1621 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
|
|
|
1622 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
|
|
|
1623 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
|
|
|
1624 emerging from the box.
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
|
|
|
1627
|
|
|
1628 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1629 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
|
|
|
1630 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
|
|
|
1631 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
|
|
|
1632 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
|
|
|
1633 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1634 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1635 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1636
|
|
|
1637 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
|
|
|
1638 a reflection." t nil)
|
|
|
1639
|
|
|
1640 ;;;***
|
|
|
1641
|
|
|
1642 ;;;### (autoloads (conx-load conx conx-region conx-buffer) "conx" "games/conx.el")
|
|
|
1643
|
|
|
1644 (autoload 'conx-buffer "conx" "\
|
|
|
1645 Absorb the text in the current buffer into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 (autoload 'conx-region "conx" "\
|
|
|
1648 Absorb the text in the current region into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1649
|
|
|
1650 (autoload 'conx "conx" "\
|
|
|
1651 Generate some random sentences in the *conx* buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1652
|
|
|
1653 (autoload 'conx-load "conx" "\
|
|
|
1654 Load in a CONX database written by the \\[conx-save] command.
|
|
|
1655 This clears the database currently in memory." t nil)
|
|
|
1656
|
|
|
1657 ;;;***
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) "cookie1" "games/cookie1.el")
|
|
|
1660
|
|
|
1661 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1662 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1663 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1664
|
|
|
1665 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1666 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1667 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
1669 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1670 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
|
|
|
1671 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
|
|
|
1672 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
1673
|
|
|
1674 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1675 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
|
|
|
1676
|
|
|
1677 ;;;***
|
|
|
1678
|
|
80
|
1679 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "games/decipher.el")
|
|
|
1680
|
|
|
1681 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1682 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1683
|
|
|
1684 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1685 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
|
|
|
1686 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
|
|
|
1687 Upper-case letters are commands.
|
|
|
1688
|
|
|
1689 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
|
|
|
1690 modify it.
|
|
|
1691
|
|
|
1692 The most useful commands are:
|
|
|
1693 \\<decipher-mode-map>
|
|
|
1694 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
|
|
|
1695 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
|
|
|
1696 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
|
|
|
1697 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
|
|
|
1698 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
|
|
|
1699
|
|
|
1700 ;;;***
|
|
|
1701
|
|
78
|
1702 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "games/dissociate.el")
|
|
|
1703
|
|
|
1704 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
|
|
|
1705 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
|
|
|
1706 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
|
|
|
1707 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
|
|
|
1708 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
|
|
|
1709 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
|
|
|
1710 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
|
|
|
1711 Default is 2." t nil)
|
|
|
1712
|
|
|
1713 ;;;***
|
|
|
1714
|
|
|
1715 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "games/doctor.el")
|
|
|
1716
|
|
|
1717 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
|
|
|
1718 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
|
|
|
1719
|
|
|
1720 ;;;***
|
|
|
1721
|
|
|
1722 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "games/dunnet.el")
|
|
|
1723
|
|
|
1724 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
|
|
|
1725 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
|
|
|
1726
|
|
|
1727 ;;;***
|
|
|
1728
|
|
|
1729 ;;;### (autoloads (flame) "flame" "games/flame.el")
|
|
|
1730
|
|
|
1731 (autoload 'flame "flame" "\
|
|
|
1732 Generate ARG (default 1) sentences of half-crazed gibberish." t nil)
|
|
|
1733
|
|
|
1734 ;;;***
|
|
|
1735
|
|
|
1736 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "games/gomoku.el")
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
|
|
|
1739 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
|
|
|
1740 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
|
|
|
1741 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
|
|
|
1742
|
|
|
1743 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
|
|
|
1744 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
|
|
|
1745 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
|
|
|
1746 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
|
|
|
1747 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
|
|
|
1748 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
|
|
|
1749
|
|
|
1750 ;;;***
|
|
|
1751
|
|
|
1752 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi) "hanoi" "games/hanoi.el")
|
|
|
1753
|
|
|
1754 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
|
|
|
1755 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Argument is number of rings." t nil)
|
|
|
1756
|
|
|
1757 ;;;***
|
|
|
1758
|
|
|
1759 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "games/life.el")
|
|
|
1760
|
|
|
1761 (autoload 'life "life" "\
|
|
|
1762 Run Conway's Life simulation.
|
|
|
1763 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
|
|
|
1764 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
|
|
|
1765 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
|
|
|
1766
|
|
|
1767 ;;;***
|
|
|
1768
|
|
|
1769 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "games/mpuz.el")
|
|
|
1770
|
|
|
1771 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
|
|
|
1772 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
|
|
|
1773
|
|
|
1774 ;;;***
|
|
|
1775
|
|
|
1776 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "games/spook.el")
|
|
|
1777
|
|
|
1778 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
|
|
|
1779 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
1780
|
|
|
1781 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
|
|
|
1782 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
1783
|
|
|
1784 ;;;***
|
|
|
1785
|
|
120
|
1786 ;;;### (autoloads (xmine-mode) "xmine" "games/xmine.el")
|
|
|
1787
|
|
|
1788 (autoload 'xmine-mode "xmine" "\
|
|
|
1789 A mode for playing the well known mine searching game.
|
|
|
1790
|
|
|
1791 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button1]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action1]' unhides a tile,
|
|
|
1792 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button2]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action2]' unhides all neighbours of a tile,
|
|
|
1793 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button3]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action3]' (un)flagges a tile to hold a mine.
|
|
|
1794
|
|
|
1795 `\\[xmine-key-new]' starts a new game.
|
|
|
1796 `\\[xmine-key-quit]' ends a game.
|
|
|
1797
|
|
|
1798 All keybindings (with alternatives) currently in effect:
|
|
|
1799 \\{xmine-keymap}
|
|
|
1800
|
|
|
1801 The rules are quite easy: You start by unhiding (random) tiles. An unhidden
|
|
|
1802 tile showing a number tells you something about the number of mines in it's
|
|
|
1803 neighborhood, where the neighborhood are all 8 tiles (or less if it's
|
|
|
1804 at a border) around the tile.
|
|
|
1805
|
|
|
1806 E.g. a \"1\" shows you that there is only one mine in the neighborhood of
|
|
|
1807 this tile. Empty tiles have no mines around them, and empty tiles in
|
|
|
1808 the neighborhood of another empty tile are all automatically unhidden
|
|
|
1809 if you unhide one of them. You need to find a strategy to use the
|
|
|
1810 information you have from the numbers to \"flag\" the tiles with mines
|
|
|
1811 under them and unhide all other tiles. If you correctly made this
|
|
|
1812 without accidently unhiding a mine, you've won.
|
|
|
1813
|
|
|
1814 If you are sure you have correctly flagged all mines around a unhidden tile,
|
|
|
1815 you can use Button-2 or \\[xmine-key-action2] on it to unhide all it's
|
|
|
1816 neighbors. But beware: If you made a mistake by flagging the wrong mines,
|
|
|
1817 you'll blow up!
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 Have Fun." t nil)
|
|
|
1820
|
|
|
1821 (fset 'xmine 'xmine-mode)
|
|
|
1822
|
|
|
1823 ;;;***
|
|
|
1824
|
|
78
|
1825 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism yow) "yow" "games/yow.el")
|
|
|
1826
|
|
|
1827 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
|
|
|
1828 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
|
|
|
1829
|
|
|
1830 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
|
|
|
1831 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
|
|
|
1832
|
|
|
1833 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
|
|
|
1834 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
1835 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
|
|
|
1836
|
|
|
1837 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
|
|
|
1838 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
|
|
|
1839
|
|
|
1840 ;;;***
|
|
|
1841
|
|
110
|
1842 ;;;### (autoloads (gnats:summ-pr gnats:query-pr gnats:edit-pr gnats:view-pr gnats:gnats-mode) "gnats" "gnats/gnats.el")
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 (defvar gnats::mode-name nil "\
|
|
|
1845 Name of the GNATS mode.")
|
|
|
1846
|
|
|
1847 (setq gnats::mode-name 'gnats:gnats-mode)
|
|
|
1848
|
|
|
1849 (fset 'gnats-mode gnats::mode-name)
|
|
|
1850
|
|
|
1851 (autoload 'gnats:gnats-mode "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1852 Major mode for editing problem reports.
|
|
|
1853 For information about the form see gnats(1) and pr_form(5).
|
|
|
1854
|
|
|
1855 When you are finished editing the buffer, type \\[gnats:submit-pr] to commit
|
|
|
1856 your changes to the PR database. To abort the edit, type
|
|
|
1857 \\[gnats:unlock-buffer].
|
|
|
1858
|
|
|
1859 Special commands:
|
|
|
1860 \\{gnats-mode-map}
|
|
|
1861 Turning on gnats-mode calls the value of the variable gnats-mode-hook,
|
|
|
1862 if it is not nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
1863
|
|
|
1864 (fset 'view-pr 'gnats:view-pr)
|
|
|
1865
|
|
|
1866 (autoload 'gnats:view-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1867 Visit the problem report named by the string ID. While viewing, press
|
|
|
1868 'e' to edit the currently viewed PR." t nil)
|
|
|
1869
|
|
|
1870 (fset 'edit-pr 'gnats:edit-pr)
|
|
|
1871
|
|
|
1872 (autoload 'gnats:edit-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1873 Edit the problem report named by the string ID." t nil)
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 (fset 'query-pr 'gnats:query-pr)
|
|
|
1876
|
|
|
1877 (autoload 'gnats:query-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1878 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
1879 While query-pr runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
1880 to find the text that the hits refer to." t nil)
|
|
|
1881
|
|
|
1882 (fset 'summ-pr 'gnats:summ-pr)
|
|
|
1883
|
|
|
1884 (autoload 'gnats:summ-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1885 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and display a pretty summary.
|
|
|
1886 Well, display a summary, at least." t nil)
|
|
|
1887
|
|
|
1888 ;;;***
|
|
|
1889
|
|
|
1890 ;;;### (autoloads (send-pr:send-pr-mode send-pr:send-pr) "send-pr" "gnats/send-pr.el")
|
|
|
1891
|
|
|
1892 (fset 'send-pr 'send-pr:send-pr)
|
|
|
1893
|
|
|
1894 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
1895 Create a buffer and read in the result of `send-pr -P'.
|
|
|
1896 When finished with editing the problem report use \\[send-pr:submit-pr]
|
|
|
1897 to send the PR with `send-pr -b -f -'." t nil)
|
|
|
1898
|
|
|
1899 (fset 'send-pr-mode 'send-pr:send-pr-mode)
|
|
|
1900
|
|
|
1901 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr-mode "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
1902 Major mode for submitting problem reports.
|
|
|
1903 For information about the form see gnats(1) and send-pr(1).
|
|
|
1904 Special commands: \\{send-pr-mode-map}
|
|
|
1905 Turning on send-pr-mode calls the value of the variable send-pr-mode-hook,
|
|
|
1906 if it is not nil." t nil)
|
|
|
1907
|
|
|
1908 ;;;***
|
|
|
1909
|
|
78
|
1910 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el")
|
|
|
1911
|
|
|
1912 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
|
|
|
1913 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
1914
|
|
|
1915 ;;;***
|
|
|
1916
|
|
98
|
1917 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el")
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
|
|
|
1920 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
|
|
|
1921
|
|
|
1922 ;;;***
|
|
|
1923
|
|
78
|
1924 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el")
|
|
|
1925
|
|
|
1926 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
98
|
1927 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
|
|
|
1928
|
|
|
1929 Usage:
|
|
|
1930 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
|
|
78
|
1931
|
|
|
1932 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
1933 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
|
|
|
1934
|
|
|
1935 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
1936 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
|
|
|
1937
|
|
|
1938 ;;;***
|
|
|
1939
|
|
98
|
1940 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el")
|
|
|
1941
|
|
|
1942 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
|
|
|
1943 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
|
|
|
1944 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 ;;;***
|
|
|
1947
|
|
|
1948 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el")
|
|
|
1949
|
|
|
1950 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
1952 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
|
|
|
1953 Run batched scoring.
|
|
|
1954 Usage: emacs -batch -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score <newsgroups> ...
|
|
|
1955 Newsgroups is a list of strings in Bnews format. If you want to score
|
|
|
1956 the comp hierarchy, you'd say \"comp.all\". If you would not like to
|
|
|
1957 score the alt hierarchy, you'd say \"!alt.all\"." t nil)
|
|
|
1958
|
|
|
1959 ;;;***
|
|
|
1960
|
|
|
1961 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el")
|
|
|
1962
|
|
|
1963 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
|
|
|
1964 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
|
|
|
1965 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
|
|
78
|
1966
|
|
|
1967 ;;;***
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el")
|
|
|
1970
|
|
|
1971 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
|
|
|
1972 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
|
|
|
1973 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
|
|
|
1974 for matching on group names.
|
|
|
1975
|
|
|
1976 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
|
|
|
1977 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
|
|
|
1978
|
|
|
1979 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"" t nil)
|
|
|
1980
|
|
|
1981 ;;;***
|
|
|
1982
|
|
98
|
1983 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el")
|
|
|
1984
|
|
|
1985 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
|
|
78
|
1986 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
|
|
|
1987
|
|
98
|
1988 ;;;***
|
|
|
1989
|
|
|
1990 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el")
|
|
|
1991
|
|
|
1992 (autoload 'gnus-unload "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
1993 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
1996 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
|
|
|
1997
|
|
|
1998 ;;;***
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
2000 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el")
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
|
|
78
|
2003 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
|
|
|
2004
|
|
98
|
2005 ;;;***
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el")
|
|
|
2008
|
|
78
|
2009 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2010 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server" t nil)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2013 Read network news.
|
|
|
2014 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2015 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
|
|
|
2016 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2017 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
|
|
|
2018 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2020 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2021 Read news as a slave." t nil)
|
|
|
2022
|
|
|
2023 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2024 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
|
|
|
2025
|
|
|
2026 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2027 Read network news.
|
|
|
2028 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2029 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2030 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2031
|
|
|
2032 ;;;***
|
|
|
2033
|
|
|
2034 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message" "gnus/message.el")
|
|
|
2035
|
|
98
|
2036 (defcustom message-from-style 'default "*Specifies how \"From\" headers look.\n\nIf `nil', they contain just the return address like:\n king@grassland.com\nIf `parens', they look like:\n king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)\nIf `angles', they look like:\n Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>\n\nOtherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like\n`parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not." :type '(choice (const :tag "simple" nil) (const parens) (const angles) (const default)) :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2037
|
|
|
2038 (defcustom message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "Regexp matching the signature separator." :type 'regexp :group 'message-various)
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 (defcustom message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "*Local news organization file." :type 'file :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2041
|
|
|
2042 (defcustom message-send-mail-function 'message-send-mail-with-sendmail "Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.\nThe headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the\nvariable `mail-header-separator'.\n\nLegal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),\n`message-send-mail-with-mh' and `message-send-mail-with-qmail'." :type '(radio (function-item message-send-mail-with-sendmail) (function-item message-send-mail-with-mh) (function-item message-send-mail-with-qmail) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-sending :group 'message-mail)
|
|
|
2043
|
|
|
2044 (defcustom message-citation-line-function 'message-insert-citation-line "*Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2045
|
|
|
2046 (defcustom message-yank-prefix "> " "*Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.\nnil means use indentation." :type 'string :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2047
|
|
|
2048 (defcustom message-cite-function (if (and (boundp 'mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook 'message-cite-original) "*Function for citing an original message." :type '(radio (function-item message-cite-original) (function-item sc-cite-original) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2049
|
|
|
2050 (defcustom message-indent-citation-function 'message-indent-citation "*Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.\nThis can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the\ncitation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave\npoint and mark around the citation text as modified." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2051
|
|
|
2052 (defcustom message-signature t "*String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.\nIf t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.\nIf a function, the result from the function will be used instead.\nIf a form, the result from the form will be used instead." :type 'sexp :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2053
|
|
|
2054 (defcustom message-signature-file "~/.signature" "*File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer." :type 'file :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
78
|
2055
|
|
|
2056 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
|
|
|
2057 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
|
|
|
2058 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
2059 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
|
|
|
2060 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
2061 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
|
|
|
2062 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
|
|
98
|
2063 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
|
|
78
|
2064 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
|
|
|
2065 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
|
|
98
|
2066 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
|
|
78
|
2067 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
|
|
|
2068 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
|
|
|
2069 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
2070 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
|
|
|
2071 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
2072 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
|
|
|
2073 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
98
|
2074 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
|
|
|
2075 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2076
|
|
|
2077 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
|
|
|
2078 Start editing a mail message to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2079
|
|
|
2080 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2081 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2082
|
|
|
2083 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2084 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2085
|
|
98
|
2086 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2087 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2088
|
|
|
2089 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
|
|
|
2090 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2091 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2092
|
|
|
2093 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2094 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
|
|
|
2095
|
|
|
2096 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
|
|
|
2097 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
|
|
|
2098 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
|
|
|
2099 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
|
|
|
2100
|
|
|
2101 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
|
|
|
2102 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
|
|
|
2103
|
|
|
2104 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
|
|
108
|
2105 Forward the current message via mail.
|
|
78
|
2106 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2107
|
|
|
2108 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
|
|
|
2109 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
|
|
|
2110
|
|
|
2111 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
|
|
|
2112 Re-mail the current message.
|
|
|
2113 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
|
|
|
2114 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
|
|
|
2115 you." t nil)
|
|
|
2116
|
|
|
2117 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2118 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
2119
|
|
|
2120 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2121 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
2122
|
|
|
2123 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2124 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2125
|
|
|
2126 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2127 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2128
|
|
|
2129 (autoload 'bold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2130 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
2131 Works by overstriking characters.
|
|
|
2132 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2133 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2134
|
|
|
2135 (autoload 'unbold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2136 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
|
|
|
2137 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2138 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2139
|
|
|
2140 ;;;***
|
|
|
2141
|
|
98
|
2142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "messcompat" "gnus/messcompat.el")
|
|
|
2143
|
|
|
2144 (defvar message-signature-file mail-signature-file "\
|
|
|
2145 *File containing the text inserted at end of message. buffer.")
|
|
|
2146
|
|
|
2147 ;;;***
|
|
|
2148
|
|
|
2149 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el")
|
|
|
2150
|
|
|
2151 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
|
|
|
2152 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
|
|
|
2153 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
|
|
|
2154 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
|
|
|
2155 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
|
|
|
2156 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
|
|
|
2157
|
|
|
2158 ;;;***
|
|
|
2159
|
|
78
|
2160 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el")
|
|
|
2161
|
|
|
2162 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
|
|
|
2163 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2164
|
|
|
2165 ;;;***
|
|
|
2166
|
|
|
2167 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el")
|
|
|
2168
|
|
|
2169 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
|
|
|
2170 Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups
|
|
|
2171 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2172
|
|
|
2173 ;;;***
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el")
|
|
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
|
|
112
|
2178 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2179
|
|
|
2180 ;;;***
|
|
|
2181
|
|
|
2182 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el")
|
|
|
2183
|
|
|
2184 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2185 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
|
|
|
2186
|
|
|
2187 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2188 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2189
|
|
|
2190 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2191 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
|
|
|
2192
|
|
|
2193 ;;;***
|
|
|
2194
|
|
|
2195 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el")
|
|
|
2196
|
|
|
2197 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
|
|
|
2198 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
|
|
|
2199 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
|
|
|
2200
|
|
|
2201 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
2202
|
|
|
2203 ;;;***
|
|
|
2204
|
|
|
2205 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-smiley-display smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el")
|
|
|
2206
|
|
|
2207 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2208 Smilify the region between point and mark." t nil)
|
|
|
2209
|
|
|
2210 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2211
|
|
|
2212 (autoload 'gnus-smiley-display "smiley" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2213
|
|
|
2214 ;;;***
|
|
|
2215
|
|
|
2216 ;;;### (autoloads (hm--html-minor-mode hm--html-mode) "hm--html-mode" "hm--html-menus/hm--html-mode.el")
|
|
|
2217
|
|
|
2218 (autoload 'hm--html-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2219 Major mode for editing HTML hypertext documents.
|
|
|
2220 Special commands:\\{hm--html-mode-map}
|
|
|
2221 Turning on hm--html-mode calls the value of the variable hm--html-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2222 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2223
|
|
|
2224 (autoload 'hm--html-minor-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2225 Toggle hm--html-minor-mode.
|
|
|
2226 With arg, turn hm--html-minor-mode on iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2227
|
|
|
2228 ;;;***
|
|
|
2229
|
|
|
2230 ;;;### (autoloads (html-view-get-display html-view-goto-url html-view-view-buffer html-view-view-file html-view-start-mosaic) "html-view" "hm--html-menus/html-view.el")
|
|
|
2231
|
|
|
2232 (autoload 'html-view-start-mosaic "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2233 Start Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2234
|
|
|
2235 (autoload 'html-view-view-file "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2236 View an html file with Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2237
|
|
|
2238 (autoload 'html-view-view-buffer "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2239 View html buffer with Mosaic.
|
|
|
2240 If BUFFER-TO-VIEW is nil, then the current buffer is used." t nil)
|
|
|
2241
|
|
|
2242 (autoload 'html-view-goto-url "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2243 Goto an URL in Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2244
|
|
|
2245 (autoload 'html-view-get-display "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2246 Get the display for Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2247
|
|
|
2248 ;;;***
|
|
|
2249
|
|
98
|
2250 ;;;### (autoloads (tmpl-insert-template-file tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer tmpl-expand-templates-in-region) "tmpl-minor-mode" "hm--html-menus/tmpl-minor-mode.el")
|
|
|
2251
|
|
|
2252 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-region "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2253 Expands the templates in the region from BEGIN to END.
|
|
|
2254 If BEGIN and END are nil, then the current region is used." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2255
|
|
|
2256 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2257 Expands all templates in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2258
|
|
|
2259 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
|
2260 Inserts a template FILE and expands it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
|
2261 This command tries to read the template file from a list of
|
|
116
|
2262 predefined directories (look at `tmpl-template-dir-list') and it filters
|
|
|
2263 the contents of these directories with the regular expression
|
|
98
|
2264 `tmpl-filter-regexp' (look also at this variable).
|
|
|
2265 The command uses a history variable, which could be changed with the
|
|
|
2266 variable `tmpl-history-variable-name'.
|
|
|
2267
|
|
116
|
2268 The user of the command is able to change interactively to another
|
|
98
|
2269 directory by entering at first the string \"Change the directory\".
|
|
116
|
2270 This may be too difficult for the user. Therefore another command
|
|
98
|
2271 called `tmpl-insert-template-file' exist, which doesn't use fixed
|
|
|
2272 directories and filters." t nil)
|
|
|
2273
|
|
|
2274 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2275 Inserts a template FILE and expand it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
98
|
2276 Look also at `tmpl-template-dir-list', to specify a default template directory.
|
|
|
2277 You should also take a look at `tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs'
|
|
|
2278 which has additional advantages (and disadvantages :-).
|
|
|
2279
|
|
|
2280 ATTENTION: The interface of this function has changed. The old
|
|
|
2281 function had the argument list (&optional TEMPLATE-DIR AUTOMATIC-EXPAND).
|
|
|
2282 The variables `tmpl-template-dir-list' and `tmpl-automatic-expand' must
|
|
|
2283 now be used instead of the args TEMPLATE-DIR and AUTOMATIC-EXPAND." t nil)
|
|
|
2284
|
|
|
2285 ;;;***
|
|
|
2286
|
|
78
|
2287 ;;;### (autoloads (hmail:compose) "hmail" "hyperbole/hmail.el")
|
|
|
2288
|
|
|
2289 (autoload 'hmail:compose "hmail" "\
|
|
|
2290 Compose mail with ADDRESS and evaluation of EXPR.
|
|
|
2291 Optional SUBJECT and HELP message may also be given." t nil)
|
|
|
2292
|
|
|
2293 ;;;***
|
|
|
2294
|
|
|
2295 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-handle-in-note smart-info-assist smart-info) "hmous-info" "hyperbole/hmous-info.el")
|
|
|
2296
|
|
|
2297 (autoload 'smart-info "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2298 Walks through Info documentation networks using one key or mouse key.
|
|
|
2299
|
|
|
2300 If key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2301 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2302 is found;
|
|
|
2303 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2304 the desired node is found;
|
|
|
2305 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2306 the 'Top' node within that file is found;
|
|
|
2307 (4) at the end of the current node, the Next node is found (this will
|
|
|
2308 descend subtrees if the function 'Info-global-next' is bound);
|
|
|
2309 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2310 scrolled up one windowful.
|
|
|
2311
|
|
|
2312 Returns t if key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2313 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2314
|
|
|
2315 (autoload 'smart-info-assist "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2316 Walks through Info documentation networks using one assist-key or mouse assist-key.
|
|
|
2317
|
|
|
2318 If assist-key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2319 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2320 is found;
|
|
|
2321 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2322 the last node in the history list is found;
|
|
|
2323 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2324 the 'DIR' root-level node is found;
|
|
|
2325 (4) at the end of the current node, the Previous node is found (this will
|
|
|
2326 return from subtrees if the function 'Info-global-prev is bound);
|
|
|
2327 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2328 scrolled down one windowful.
|
|
|
2329
|
|
|
2330 Returns t if assist-key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2331 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2332
|
|
|
2333 (autoload 'Info-handle-in-note "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2334 Follows an Info cross-reference.
|
|
|
2335 If point is within the first line of an Info note (cross-reference), follows
|
|
|
2336 cross-reference and returns t; otherwise returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2337
|
|
|
2338 ;;;***
|
|
|
2339
|
|
100
|
2340 ;;;### (autoloads (hkey-help-show) "hmouse-drv" "hyperbole/hmouse-drv.el")
|
|
|
2341
|
|
|
2342 (autoload 'hkey-help-show "hmouse-drv" "\
|
|
|
2343 Saves prior frame configuration if BUFFER displays help. Displays BUFFER.
|
|
|
2344
|
|
|
2345 Optional second arg CURRENT-WINDOW non-nil forces display of buffer within
|
|
|
2346 the current window. By default, it is displayed in another window." nil nil)
|
|
|
2347
|
|
|
2348 ;;;***
|
|
|
2349
|
|
|
2350 ;;;### (autoloads (smart-tags-file smart-tags-file-path smart-objc smart-lisp-mode-p smart-java-at-tag-p smart-java smart-fortran-at-tag-p smart-c++ smart-c-at-tag-p smart-asm-at-tag-p) "hmouse-tag" "hyperbole/hmouse-tag.el")
|
|
78
|
2351
|
|
|
2352 (autoload 'smart-asm-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2353 Return assembly tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2354
|
|
|
2355 (autoload 'smart-c-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2356 Return C tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2357
|
|
|
2358 (autoload 'smart-c++ "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2359 Jumps to the definition of optional C++ IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2360 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching C++ tag.
|
|
|
2361
|
|
|
2362 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2363 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2364
|
|
|
2365 If:
|
|
100
|
2366 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2367 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2368 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2369 (2) on a C++ identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2370 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2371 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2372 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the C++ identifier is
|
|
78
|
2373 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2374 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2375
|
|
100
|
2376 (autoload 'smart-fortran-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2377 Return Fortran tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2378
|
|
|
2379 (autoload 'smart-java "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2380 Jumps to the definition of optional Java IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2381 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Java tag.
|
|
78
|
2382
|
|
|
2383 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2384 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2385
|
|
100
|
2386 If:
|
|
|
2387 (1) within a commented @see cross-reference, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2388 (2) on a `package' or `import' statement, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2389 Look for referent files in the directory list `smart-java-package-dirs'.
|
|
|
2390 (3) on an Java identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
|
2391 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
|
2392 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories." t nil)
|
|
|
2393
|
|
|
2394 (autoload 'smart-java-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2395 Return Java tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2396
|
|
|
2397 (autoload 'smart-lisp-mode-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2398 Return t if in a mode which uses Lisp symbols." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2399
|
|
|
2400 (autoload 'smart-objc "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2401 Jumps to the definition of optional Objective-C IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2402 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Objective-C tag.
|
|
|
2403
|
|
|
2404 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2405 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2406
|
|
|
2407 If:
|
|
100
|
2408 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2409 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2410 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2411 (2) on an Objective-C identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2412 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2413 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2414 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the Objective-C identifier is
|
|
78
|
2415 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2416 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2417
|
|
|
2418 (autoload 'smart-tags-file-path "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2419 Expand relative FILE name by looking it up in the nearest tags file.
|
|
|
2420 Return FILE unchanged if it exists relative to the current directory or
|
|
|
2421 cannot be expanded via a tags file." nil nil)
|
|
|
2422
|
|
|
2423 (autoload 'smart-tags-file "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
100
|
2424 Return appropriate tags file name for CURR-FILENAME or `tags-file-name'.
|
|
|
2425 Optional NAME-OF-TAGS-FILE is the literal filename for which to look." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2426
|
|
|
2427 ;;;***
|
|
|
2428
|
|
108
|
2429 ;;;### (autoloads (hyperbole) "hui-mini" "hyperbole/hui-mini.el")
|
|
|
2430
|
|
|
2431 (autoload 'hyperbole "hui-mini" "\
|
|
|
2432 Invokes default Hyperbole menu user interface when not already active.
|
|
|
2433 Suitable for binding to a key, e.g. {C-h h}.
|
|
|
2434 Non-interactively, returns t if menu is actually invoked by call, else nil.
|
|
|
2435
|
|
|
2436 Two optional arguments may be given to invoke alternative menus.
|
|
|
2437 MENU (a symbol) specifies the menu to invoke from MENU-LIST, (a
|
|
|
2438 Hyperbole menu list structure). MENU defaults to 'hyperbole and MENU-LIST
|
|
|
2439 to `hui:menus'. See `hui:menus' definition for the format of the menu list
|
|
|
2440 structure." t nil)
|
|
|
2441
|
|
|
2442 ;;;***
|
|
|
2443
|
|
78
|
2444 ;;;### (autoloads (var:append) "hvar" "hyperbole/hvar.el")
|
|
|
2445
|
|
|
2446 (autoload 'var:append "hvar" "\
|
|
|
2447 Appends to value held by VAR-SYMBOL-NAME, LIST-TO-ADD. Returns new value.
|
|
|
2448 If VAR-SYMBOL-NAME is unbound, it is set to LIST-TO-ADD.
|
|
|
2449 Often used to append to 'hook' variables." nil nil)
|
|
|
2450
|
|
|
2451 ;;;***
|
|
|
2452
|
|
100
|
2453 ;;;### (autoloads (hypb:display-file-with-logo hypb:configuration) "hypb" "hyperbole/hypb.el")
|
|
78
|
2454
|
|
|
2455 (autoload 'hypb:configuration "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2456 Insert Emacs configuration information at the end of optional OUT-BUF or the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2457
|
|
100
|
2458 (autoload 'hypb:display-file-with-logo "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2459 Display an optional text FILE with the InfoDock Associates logo prepended.
|
|
|
2460 Without file, logo is prepended to the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2461
|
|
78
|
2462 ;;;***
|
|
|
2463
|
|
|
2464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hyperbole" "hyperbole/hyperbole.el")
|
|
|
2465
|
|
|
2466 (defvar action-key-url-function 'w3-fetch "\
|
|
|
2467 Value is a function of one argument, a url, which displays the url referent.
|
|
|
2468 Possible values are:
|
|
|
2469 w3-fetch - display using the W3 Emacs web browser;
|
|
|
2470 highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape - display in Netscape;
|
|
|
2471 highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic - display in Mosaic.")
|
|
|
2472
|
|
|
2473 (defvar kimport:mode-alist '((t . kimport:text) (outline-mode . kimport:star-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2474 Alist of (major-mode . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2475 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2476 called if the major mode of the import file matches the car of an element in
|
|
|
2477 this list. If there is no match, then `kimport:suffix-alist' is checked. If
|
|
|
2478 that yields no match, the element in this list whose car is 't is used. It
|
|
|
2479 normally does an import of a koutline or text file.
|
|
|
2480
|
|
|
2481 Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to import
|
|
|
2482 and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a third
|
|
|
2483 optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported cells
|
|
|
2484 as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2485
|
|
|
2486 outline-mode - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with
|
|
|
2487 asterisks;
|
|
|
2488 .kot
|
|
|
2489 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2490
|
|
|
2491 all others - imported as text.")
|
|
|
2492
|
|
|
2493 (defvar kimport:suffix-alist '(("\\.otl$" . kimport:star-outline) ("\\.aug$" . kimport:aug-post-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2494 Alist of (buffer-name-suffix-regexp . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2495 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2496 called. Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to
|
|
|
2497 import and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a
|
|
|
2498 third optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported
|
|
|
2499 cells as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2500
|
|
|
2501 .otl - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with asterisks;
|
|
|
2502 .kot
|
|
|
2503 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2504 .aug - imported as an Augment post-numbered outline.")
|
|
|
2505
|
|
|
2506 ;;;***
|
|
|
2507
|
|
|
2508 ;;;### (autoloads (wconfig-yank-pop wconfig-ring-save wconfig-delete-pop wconfig-restore-by-name wconfig-delete-by-name wconfig-add-by-name) "wconfig" "hyperbole/wconfig.el")
|
|
|
2509
|
|
|
2510 (autoload 'wconfig-add-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2511 Saves the current window configuration under the string NAME.
|
|
|
2512 When called interactively and a window configuration already exists under
|
|
|
2513 NAME, confirms whether or not to replace it." t nil)
|
|
|
2514
|
|
|
2515 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2516 Deletes window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2517
|
|
|
2518 (autoload 'wconfig-restore-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2519 Restores window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2520
|
|
|
2521 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2522 Replaces current window config with most recently saved config in ring.
|
|
|
2523 Then deletes this new configuration from the ring." t nil)
|
|
|
2524
|
|
|
2525 (autoload 'wconfig-ring-save "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2526 Saves the current window configuration onto the save ring.
|
|
|
2527 Use {\\[wconfig-yank-pop]} to restore it at a later time." t nil)
|
|
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 (autoload 'wconfig-yank-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2530 Replaces current window config with prefix arg Nth prior one in save ring.
|
|
|
2531 Interactively, default value of N = 1, meaning the last saved window
|
|
|
2532 configuration is displayed.
|
|
|
2533
|
|
|
2534 The sequence of window configurations wraps around, so that after the oldest
|
|
|
2535 one comes the newest one." t nil)
|
|
|
2536
|
|
|
2537 ;;;***
|
|
|
2538
|
|
|
2539 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-logic) "wrolo-logic" "hyperbole/wrolo-logic.el")
|
|
|
2540
|
|
|
2541 (autoload 'rolo-logic "wrolo-logic" "\
|
|
|
2542 Apply FUNC to all entries in optional IN-BUFS, display entries where FUNC is non-nil.
|
|
|
2543 If IN-BUFS is nil, 'rolo-file-list' is used. If optional COUNT-ONLY is
|
|
|
2544 non-nil, don't display entries, return count of matching entries only. If
|
|
|
2545 optional INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES flag is non-nil, FUNC will be applied across all
|
|
|
2546 sub-entries at once. Default is to apply FUNC to each entry and sub-entry
|
|
|
2547 separately. Entries are displayed with all of their sub-entries unless
|
|
|
2548 INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES is nil and optional NO-SUB-ENTRIES-OUT flag is non-nil.
|
|
|
2549 FUNC should use the free variables 'start' and 'end' which contain the limits
|
|
|
2550 of the region on which it should operate. Returns number of applications of
|
|
|
2551 FUNC that return non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2552
|
|
|
2553 ;;;***
|
|
|
2554
|
|
114
|
2555 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-yank rolo-toggle-datestamps rolo-sort rolo-kill rolo-grep rolo-fgrep rolo-edit rolo-display-matches rolo-add) "wrolo" "hyperbole/wrolo.el")
|
|
78
|
2556
|
|
|
2557 (autoload 'rolo-add "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2558 Adds a new entry in personal rolodex for NAME.
|
|
|
2559 Last name first is best, e.g. \"Smith, John\".
|
|
|
2560 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to add entry within.
|
|
|
2561 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to insert child below a parent
|
|
|
2562 entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2563
|
|
|
2564 (autoload 'rolo-display-matches "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2565 Display optional DISPLAY-BUF buffer of previously found rolodex matches.
|
|
114
|
2566 If DISPLAY-BUF is nil, use the value in `rolo-display-buffer'.
|
|
78
|
2567 Second arg RETURN-TO-BUFFER is the buffer to leave point within after the display." t nil)
|
|
|
2568
|
|
|
2569 (autoload 'rolo-edit "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2570 Edits a rolodex entry given by optional NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2571 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
114
|
2572 With no NAME arg, simply displays FILE or first entry in `rolo-file-list' in an
|
|
78
|
2573 editable mode. NAME may be of the form: parent/child to edit child below a
|
|
|
2574 parent entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2575
|
|
|
2576 (autoload 'rolo-fgrep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2577 Display rolodex entries matching STRING.
|
|
|
2578 To a maximum of optional prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in file(s) from optional
|
|
|
2579 ROLO-FILE or rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each
|
|
|
2580 entry is displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil
|
|
|
2581 means don't retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY
|
|
|
2582 non-nil means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2583
|
|
|
2584 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2585 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2586 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2587
|
|
|
2588 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2589 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2590
|
|
|
2591 (autoload 'rolo-grep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2592 Display rolodex entries matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
2593 To a maximum of prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in buffer(s) from optional ROLO-BUFS or
|
|
|
2594 rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each entry is
|
|
|
2595 displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil means don't
|
|
|
2596 retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY non-nil
|
|
|
2597 means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2598
|
|
|
2599 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2600 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2601 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2602
|
|
|
2603 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2604 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2605
|
|
|
2606 (autoload 'rolo-kill "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2607 Kills a rolodex entry given by NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2608 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
|
2609 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to kill child below a parent entry
|
|
|
2610 which begins with the parent string.
|
|
|
2611 Returns t if entry is killed, nil otherwise." t nil)
|
|
|
2612
|
|
|
2613 (autoload 'rolo-sort "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2614 Sorts up to 14 levels of entries in ROLO-FILE (default is personal rolo).
|
|
114
|
2615 Assumes entries are delimited by one or more `*'characters.
|
|
78
|
2616 Returns list of number of groupings at each entry level." t nil)
|
|
|
2617
|
|
114
|
2618 (autoload 'rolo-toggle-datestamps "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2619 Toggle whether datestamps are updated when rolodex entries are modified.
|
|
|
2620 With optional ARG, turn them on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2621
|
|
78
|
2622 (autoload 'rolo-yank "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2623 Inserts at point the first rolodex entry matching NAME.
|
|
|
2624 With optional prefix arg, REGEXP-P, treats NAME as a regular expression instead
|
|
|
2625 of a string." t nil)
|
|
|
2626
|
|
|
2627 ;;;***
|
|
|
2628
|
|
|
2629 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "iso/iso-acc.el")
|
|
|
2630
|
|
|
2631 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
|
|
|
2632 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
|
|
|
2633 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
|
|
|
2634 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
|
|
|
2635 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
|
|
|
2636 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
|
|
|
2637
|
|
|
2638 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
|
|
|
2639 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
|
|
|
2640
|
|
|
2641 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
|
|
|
2642 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
|
|
|
2643 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
|
|
|
2644 \"s gives German sharp s.
|
|
|
2645 /a gives a with ring.
|
|
|
2646 /e gives an a-e ligature.
|
|
|
2647 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
|
|
|
2648 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
|
|
|
2649 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
|
|
|
2650
|
|
|
2651 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
|
|
|
2652 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
|
|
|
2653
|
|
|
2654 ;;;***
|
|
|
2655
|
|
|
2656 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-deactivate-passwd mc-install-write-mode mc-install-read-mode) "mailcrypt" "mailcrypt/mailcrypt.el")
|
|
|
2657
|
|
|
2658 (autoload 'mc-install-read-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2659
|
|
|
2660 (autoload 'mc-install-write-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2661
|
|
|
2662 (autoload 'mc-deactivate-passwd "mailcrypt" "\
|
|
|
2663 *Deactivate the passphrase cache." t nil)
|
|
|
2664
|
|
|
2665 ;;;***
|
|
|
2666
|
|
|
2667 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-pgp-fetch-key mc-scheme-pgp) "mc-pgp" "mailcrypt/mc-pgp.el")
|
|
|
2668
|
|
|
2669 (autoload 'mc-scheme-pgp "mc-pgp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2670
|
|
|
2671 (autoload 'mc-pgp-fetch-key "mc-pgp" "\
|
|
|
2672 Attempt to fetch a key for addition to PGP keyring. Interactively,
|
|
|
2673 prompt for string matching key to fetch.
|
|
|
2674
|
|
|
2675 Non-interactively, ID must be a pair. The CAR must be a bare Email
|
|
|
2676 address and the CDR a keyID (with \"0x\" prefix). Either, but not
|
|
|
2677 both, may be nil.
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 Return t if we think we were successful; nil otherwise. Note that nil
|
|
|
2680 is not necessarily an error, since we may have merely fired off an Email
|
|
|
2681 request for the key." t nil)
|
|
|
2682
|
|
|
2683 ;;;***
|
|
|
2684
|
|
|
2685 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-remailer-insert-response-block mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym) "mc-remail" "mailcrypt/mc-remail.el")
|
|
|
2686
|
|
|
2687 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2688 Insert pseudonym as a From field in the hash-mark header.
|
|
|
2689
|
|
|
2690 See the documentation for the variable `mc-remailer-pseudonyms' for
|
|
|
2691 more information." t nil)
|
|
|
2692
|
|
|
2693 (autoload 'mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2694 Encrypt message for a remailer chain, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2695
|
|
|
2696 With \\[universal-argument], pause before each encryption." t nil)
|
|
|
2697
|
|
|
2698 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-response-block "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2699 Insert response block at point, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2700
|
|
|
2701 With \\[universal-argument], enter a recursive edit of the innermost
|
|
|
2702 layer of the block before encrypting it." t nil)
|
|
|
2703
|
|
|
2704 ;;;***
|
|
|
2705
|
|
|
2706 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-mh-snarf-keys mc-mh-verify-signature mc-mh-decrypt-message mc-gnus-decrypt-message mc-gnus-snarf-keys mc-gnus-verify-signature mc-vm-snarf-keys mc-vm-decrypt-message mc-vm-verify-signature mc-rmail-decrypt-message mc-rmail-verify-signature mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature mc-snarf-keys mc-snarf mc-insert-public-key mc-verify-signature mc-verify mc-sign-message mc-sign mc-decrypt-message mc-decrypt mc-encrypt-message mc-encrypt mc-cleanup-recipient-headers) "mc-toplev" "mailcrypt/mc-toplev.el")
|
|
|
2707
|
|
|
2708 (autoload 'mc-cleanup-recipient-headers "mc-toplev" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2709
|
|
|
2710 (autoload 'mc-encrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2711 *Encrypt the current buffer.
|
|
|
2712
|
|
|
2713 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2714
|
|
|
2715 With \\[universal-argument], prompt for User ID to sign as.
|
|
|
2716
|
|
|
2717 With \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], prompt for encryption scheme to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2718
|
|
|
2719 (autoload 'mc-encrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2720 *Encrypt a message for RECIPIENTS using the given encryption SCHEME.
|
|
|
2721 RECIPIENTS is a comma separated string. If SCHEME is nil, use the value
|
|
|
2722 of `mc-default-scheme'. Returns t on success, nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
2723
|
|
|
2724 (autoload 'mc-decrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2725 *Decrypt a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2726
|
|
|
2727 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2728
|
|
|
2729 (autoload 'mc-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2730 Decrypt whatever message is in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2731 Returns a pair (SUCCEEDED . VERIFIED) where SUCCEEDED is t if the encryption
|
|
|
2732 succeeded and VERIFIED is t if it had a valid signature." nil nil)
|
|
|
2733
|
|
|
2734 (autoload 'mc-sign "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2735 *Sign a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2736
|
|
|
2737 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2738
|
|
|
2739 With one prefix arg, prompts for private key to use, with two prefix args,
|
|
|
2740 also prompts for encryption scheme to use. With negative prefix arg,
|
|
|
2741 inhibits clearsigning (pgp)." t nil)
|
|
|
2742
|
|
|
2743 (autoload 'mc-sign-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2744 Clear sign the message." nil nil)
|
|
|
2745
|
|
|
2746 (autoload 'mc-verify "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2747 *Verify a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2748
|
|
|
2749 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2750
|
|
|
2751 (autoload 'mc-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2752 *Verify the signature of the signed message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2753 Show the result as a message in the minibuffer. Returns t if the signature
|
|
|
2754 is verified." nil nil)
|
|
|
2755
|
|
|
2756 (autoload 'mc-insert-public-key "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2757 *Insert your public key at point.
|
|
|
2758 With one prefix arg, prompts for user id to use. With two prefix
|
|
|
2759 args, prompts for encryption scheme." t nil)
|
|
|
2760
|
|
|
2761 (autoload 'mc-snarf "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2762 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring.
|
|
|
2763
|
|
|
2764 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2765
|
|
|
2766 (autoload 'mc-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2767 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring." t nil)
|
|
|
2768
|
|
|
2769 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2770 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2771
|
|
|
2772 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2773 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2774
|
|
|
2775 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2776 *Adds keys from current message to public key ring" t nil)
|
|
|
2777
|
|
|
2778 (autoload 'mc-rmail-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2779 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2780
|
|
|
2781 (autoload 'mc-rmail-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2782 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2783
|
|
|
2784 (autoload 'mc-vm-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2785 *Verify the signature in the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2786
|
|
|
2787 (autoload 'mc-vm-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2788 *Decrypt the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2789
|
|
|
2790 (autoload 'mc-vm-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2791 *Snarf public key from the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2792
|
|
|
2793 (autoload 'mc-gnus-verify-signature "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2794
|
|
|
2795 (autoload 'mc-gnus-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2796
|
|
|
2797 (autoload 'mc-gnus-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 (autoload 'mc-mh-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2800 Decrypt the contents of the current MH message in the show buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2801
|
|
|
2802 (autoload 'mc-mh-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2803 *Verify the signature in the current MH message." t nil)
|
|
|
2804
|
|
|
2805 (autoload 'mc-mh-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2806
|
|
|
2807 ;;;***
|
|
|
2808
|
|
|
2809 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el")
|
|
|
2810
|
|
|
2811 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2812 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2813 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2814 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2815
|
|
|
2816 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2817
|
|
|
2818 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2819 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2820 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2821 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
|
|
|
2822 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
|
|
|
2823 that want to create a mail buffer.
|
|
|
2824 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
|
|
|
2825
|
|
|
2826 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2827 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2828 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2829 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2830
|
|
|
2831 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2832
|
|
|
2833 (autoload 'mh-letter-mode "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2834 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
|
|
|
2835 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
|
|
|
2836 using the MH mail handling system.
|
|
|
2837 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
|
|
|
2838 messages.
|
|
|
2839
|
|
|
2840 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
|
|
|
2841
|
|
|
2842 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
|
|
|
2843
|
|
|
2844 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
|
|
|
2845 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
|
|
|
2846 the yanked message.
|
|
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
|
|
|
2849 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
|
|
|
2850 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
|
|
|
2851 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
|
|
|
2852 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
|
|
|
2853
|
|
|
2854 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
|
|
|
2855 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
|
|
|
2856 inserted in a draft letter.
|
|
|
2857
|
|
|
2858 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
|
|
|
2859 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
|
|
|
2860
|
|
|
2861 Upon invoking mh-letter-mode, text-mode-hook and mh-letter-mode-hook are
|
|
|
2862 invoked with no args, if those values are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2863
|
|
|
2864 ;;;***
|
|
|
2865
|
|
|
2866 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el")
|
|
|
2867
|
|
|
2868 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
2869 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
|
|
|
2870 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2871 to the MH mail system." t nil)
|
|
|
2872
|
|
|
2873 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
2874 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
|
|
|
2875
|
|
|
2876 ;;;***
|
|
|
2877
|
|
|
2878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el")
|
|
|
2879
|
|
|
2880 (defvar mh-mime-content-types '(("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg")) "\
|
|
|
2881 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
|
|
|
2882
|
|
|
2883 ;;;***
|
|
|
2884
|
|
|
2885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el")
|
|
|
2886
|
|
|
2887 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
2888
|
|
|
2889 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
2890
|
|
|
2891 ;;;***
|
|
|
2892
|
|
|
2893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "modes/abbrev.el")
|
|
|
2894
|
|
|
2895 ;;;***
|
|
|
2896
|
|
|
2897 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-make-filename-from-adaname ada-mode) "ada-mode" "modes/ada-mode.el")
|
|
|
2898
|
|
|
2899 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
2900 Ada Mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
|
|
|
2901
|
|
|
2902 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
|
|
|
2903
|
|
|
2904 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
|
|
|
2905 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
|
|
|
2906
|
|
|
2907 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
|
|
|
2908 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
|
|
|
2909 Call external pretty printer program '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
2910
|
|
|
2911 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
|
|
|
2912 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
|
|
|
2913
|
|
|
2914 Call EXTERNAL pretty printer (if you have one) '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
2915
|
|
|
2916 Fill comment paragraph '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph]'
|
|
|
2917 Fill comment paragraph and justify each line '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-justify]'
|
|
|
2918 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-postfix]'
|
|
|
2919
|
|
|
2920 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
|
|
|
2921 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
|
|
|
2922
|
|
|
2923 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
|
|
|
2924 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
|
|
|
2925
|
|
|
2926 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
|
|
|
2927 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
|
|
|
2928 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
|
|
|
2929 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
|
|
|
2930 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
|
|
|
2931
|
|
|
2932 If you use imenu.el:
|
|
|
2933 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
|
|
|
2934
|
|
|
2935 If you use find-file.el:
|
|
|
2936 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
|
|
|
2937 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
|
|
|
2938 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
|
|
|
2939 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
|
|
|
2940 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created
|
|
|
2941 with body stubs.
|
|
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 If you use ada-xref.el:
|
|
|
2944 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
|
|
|
2945 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
|
|
|
2946 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'
|
|
|
2947 Execute Gnatf: '\\[ada-gnatf-current]'" t nil)
|
|
|
2948
|
|
|
2949 (autoload 'ada-make-filename-from-adaname "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
2950 Determine the filename of a package/procedure from its own Ada name." t nil)
|
|
|
2951
|
|
|
2952 ;;;***
|
|
|
2953
|
|
|
2954 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "modes/arc-mode.el")
|
|
|
2955
|
|
|
2956 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
|
|
|
2957 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
|
|
|
2958 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
2959 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
2960 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
|
|
|
2961 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
|
|
|
2964 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
|
|
|
2965 archive.
|
|
|
2966
|
|
|
2967 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
2968
|
|
|
2969 ;;;***
|
|
|
2970
|
|
|
2971 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "modes/asm-mode.el")
|
|
|
2972
|
|
|
2973 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
|
|
|
2974 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
|
|
|
2975 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
|
|
|
2976
|
|
|
2977 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
2978 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
2979 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
2980 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
|
|
|
2981
|
|
|
2982 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
|
|
|
2983 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?;').
|
|
|
2984
|
|
|
2985 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
|
|
|
2986 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
|
|
|
2987
|
|
|
2988 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
|
|
|
2989
|
|
|
2990 Special commands:
|
|
|
2991 \\{asm-mode-map}
|
|
|
2992 " t nil)
|
|
|
2993
|
|
|
2994 ;;;***
|
|
|
2995
|
|
|
2996 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "modes/awk-mode.el")
|
|
|
2997
|
|
|
2998 (autoload 'awk-mode "awk-mode" "\
|
|
|
2999 Major mode for editing AWK code.
|
|
|
3000 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
|
|
|
3001 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
|
|
|
3002 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
|
|
|
3003
|
|
|
3004 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3005 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3006
|
|
|
3007 ;;;***
|
|
|
3008
|
|
|
3009 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "modes/bibtex.el")
|
|
|
3010
|
|
|
3011 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
|
|
|
3012 Major mode for editing bibtex files.
|
|
|
3013
|
|
|
3014 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
|
|
|
3015
|
|
|
3016 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
|
|
|
3017
|
|
|
3018 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and thus ignored by BibTeX.
|
|
|
3019 The OPT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT].
|
|
|
3020 \\[bibtex-kill-optional-field] kills the current optional field entirely.
|
|
|
3021 \\[bibtex-remove-double-quotes] removes the double-quotes around the text of
|
|
|
3022 the current field. \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current
|
|
|
3023 field with the default \"\".
|
|
|
3024
|
|
|
3025 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. (i) removes
|
|
|
3026 double-quotes from entirely numerical fields, (ii) removes OPT from all
|
|
|
3027 non-empty optional fields, (iii) removes all empty optional fields, and (iv)
|
|
|
3028 checks that no non-optional fields are empty.
|
|
|
3029
|
|
|
3030 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the dot at the end of the current field.
|
|
|
3031 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
|
|
|
3032
|
|
|
3033 The following may be of interest as well:
|
|
|
3034
|
|
|
3035 Functions:
|
|
|
3036 find-bibtex-duplicates
|
|
|
3037 find-bibtex-entry-location
|
|
|
3038 hide-bibtex-entry-bodies
|
|
|
3039 sort-bibtex-entries
|
|
|
3040 validate-bibtex-buffer
|
|
|
3041
|
|
|
3042 Variables:
|
|
|
3043 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts
|
|
|
3044 bibtex-entry-field-alist
|
|
|
3045 bibtex-include-OPTannote
|
|
|
3046 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
|
|
|
3047 bibtex-include-OPTkey
|
|
|
3048 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
|
|
|
3049 bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields
|
|
|
3050
|
|
|
3051 Fields:
|
|
|
3052 address
|
|
|
3053 Publisher's address
|
|
|
3054 annote
|
|
|
3055 Long annotation used for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3056 author
|
|
|
3057 Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format
|
|
|
3058 booktitle
|
|
|
3059 Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
|
|
|
3060 For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
|
|
|
3061 chapter
|
|
|
3062 Chapter number
|
|
|
3063 crossref
|
|
|
3064 The database key of the entry being cross referenced.
|
|
|
3065 edition
|
|
|
3066 Edition of a book (e.g., \"second\")
|
|
|
3067 editor
|
|
|
3068 Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
|
|
|
3069 If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
|
|
|
3070 for the book or collection that the work appears in
|
|
|
3071 howpublished
|
|
|
3072 How something strange has been published (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3073 institution
|
|
|
3074 Sponsoring institution
|
|
|
3075 journal
|
|
|
3076 Journal name (macros are provided for many)
|
|
|
3077 key
|
|
|
3078 Alphabetizing and labeling key (needed when no author or editor)
|
|
|
3079 month
|
|
|
3080 Month (macros are provided)
|
|
|
3081 note
|
|
|
3082 To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3083 number
|
|
|
3084 Number of a journal or technical report
|
|
|
3085 organization
|
|
|
3086 Organization (sponsoring a conference)
|
|
|
3087 pages
|
|
|
3088 Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range)
|
|
|
3089 publisher
|
|
|
3090 Publisher name
|
|
|
3091 school
|
|
|
3092 School name (for theses)
|
|
|
3093 series
|
|
|
3094 The name of a series or set of books.
|
|
|
3095 An individual book will also have its own title
|
|
|
3096 title
|
|
|
3097 The title of the thing being referenced
|
|
|
3098 type
|
|
|
3099 Type of a technical report (e.g., \"Research Note\") to be used
|
|
|
3100 instead of the default \"Technical Report\"
|
|
|
3101 volume
|
|
|
3102 Volume of a journal or multivolume work
|
|
|
3103 year
|
|
|
3104 Year---should contain only numerals
|
|
|
3105 ---------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3106 Entry to this mode calls the value of bibtex-mode-hook if that value is
|
|
|
3107 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3108
|
|
|
3109 ;;;***
|
|
|
3110
|
|
118
|
3111 ;;;### (autoloads (c-add-style c-set-style java-mode objc-mode c++-mode c-mode) "cc-mode" "modes/cc-mode.el")
|
|
78
|
3112
|
|
|
3113 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3114 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
|
|
|
3115 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3116 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
3117 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
|
3118 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
|
3119
|
|
110
|
3120 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3121
|
|
|
3122 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
3123 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
|
|
|
3124 run first.
|
|
|
3125
|
|
|
3126 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3127 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3128
|
|
|
3129 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3130 Major mode for editing C++ code.
|
|
|
3131 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3132 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3133 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3134 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3135 message.
|
|
|
3136
|
|
110
|
3137 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3138
|
|
|
3139 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
|
|
|
3140 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
|
|
|
3141 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
|
|
|
3142
|
|
|
3143 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3144 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3145
|
|
|
3146 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3147 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
|
|
|
3148 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3149 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3150 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3151 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3152 message.
|
|
|
3153
|
|
110
|
3154 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3155
|
|
|
3156 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3157 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
|
|
|
3158 is run first.
|
|
|
3159
|
|
|
3160 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3161 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3162
|
|
|
3163 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3164 Major mode for editing Java code.
|
|
|
3165 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3166 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3167 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3168 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
|
|
|
3169 message.
|
|
|
3170
|
|
110
|
3171 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3172
|
|
|
3173 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3174 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
|
|
|
3175 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
|
|
|
3176 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
|
|
|
3177 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
|
|
|
3178
|
|
|
3179 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3180 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3181
|
|
|
3182 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
110
|
3183 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
|
|
78
|
3184 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
|
|
|
3185 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
|
|
110
|
3186 for details of setting up styles.
|
|
|
3187
|
|
|
3188 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
|
|
|
3189 style name." t nil)
|
|
78
|
3190
|
|
118
|
3191 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3192 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
|
|
|
3193 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
|
|
|
3194 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
|
|
|
3195
|
|
|
3196 ((VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
|
|
|
3197
|
|
|
3198 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of VARIABLE and
|
|
|
3199 VALUE. This function also sets the current style to STYLE using
|
|
|
3200 `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3201
|
|
78
|
3202 (fset 'set-c-style 'c-set-style)
|
|
|
3203
|
|
|
3204 ;;;***
|
|
|
3205
|
|
|
3206 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "modes/cl-indent.el")
|
|
|
3207
|
|
|
3208 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3209
|
|
|
3210 ;;;***
|
|
|
3211
|
|
|
3212 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "modes/cmacexp.el")
|
|
|
3213
|
|
|
3214 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
|
|
|
3215 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
|
|
|
3216 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
|
|
|
3217 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
|
|
|
3218
|
|
|
3219 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
|
|
|
3220 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
|
|
|
3221 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
|
|
|
3222
|
|
|
3223 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
|
|
|
3224 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
|
|
|
3225
|
|
|
3226 ;;;***
|
|
|
3227
|
|
|
3228 ;;;### (autoloads (eiffel-mode) "eiffel3" "modes/eiffel3.el")
|
|
|
3229
|
|
|
3230 (autoload 'eiffel-mode "eiffel3" "\
|
|
|
3231 Major mode for editing Eiffel programs." t nil)
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 ;;;***
|
|
|
3234
|
|
|
3235 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) "enriched" "modes/enriched.el")
|
|
|
3236
|
|
|
3237 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
|
|
|
3238 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
|
|
|
3239 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
|
|
|
3240 text/enriched format.
|
|
|
3241 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3242
|
|
|
3243 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
|
|
|
3244 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
|
|
|
3245
|
|
|
3246 Commands:
|
|
|
3247
|
|
|
3248 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3249
|
|
|
3250 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3251
|
|
|
3252 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3253
|
|
|
3254 ;;;***
|
|
|
3255
|
|
|
3256 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) "executable" "modes/executable.el")
|
|
|
3257
|
|
|
3258 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
|
|
|
3259 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
|
|
|
3260 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
|
|
|
3261 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
|
|
|
3262 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
|
|
|
3263 executable." t nil)
|
|
|
3264
|
|
|
3265 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
|
|
|
3266 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
|
|
|
3267 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
|
|
|
3268
|
|
|
3269 ;;;***
|
|
|
3270
|
|
|
3271 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "modes/f90.el")
|
|
|
3272
|
|
|
3273 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
|
|
|
3274 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
|
|
|
3275
|
|
|
3276 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
|
|
|
3277 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
|
|
|
3278 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
|
|
|
3279
|
|
|
3280 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
|
|
|
3281
|
|
|
3282 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3283 \\{f90-mode-map}
|
|
|
3284
|
|
|
3285 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3286
|
|
|
3287 f90-do-indent
|
|
|
3288 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3289 f90-if-indent
|
|
|
3290 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3291 f90-type-indent
|
|
|
3292 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3293 f90-program-indent
|
|
|
3294 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
|
|
|
3295 (default 2)
|
|
|
3296 f90-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3297 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
|
|
|
3298 f90-comment-region
|
|
|
3299 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3300 region. (default \"!!!$\")
|
|
|
3301 f90-indented-comment-re
|
|
|
3302 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
|
|
|
3303 (default \"!\")
|
|
|
3304 f90-directive-comment-re
|
|
|
3305 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
|
|
|
3306 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
|
|
|
3307 f90-break-delimiters
|
|
|
3308 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
|
|
|
3309 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
|
|
|
3310 f90-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3311 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3312 (default t)
|
|
|
3313 f90-beginning-ampersand
|
|
|
3314 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
|
|
|
3315 f90-smart-end
|
|
|
3316 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
|
|
|
3317 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
|
|
|
3318 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
|
|
|
3319 f90-auto-keyword-case
|
|
|
3320 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
|
|
|
3321 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
|
|
|
3322 f90-leave-line-no
|
|
|
3323 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
|
|
|
3324 f90-startup-message
|
|
|
3325 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
|
|
|
3326 f90-keywords-re
|
|
|
3327 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
|
|
|
3328
|
|
|
3329 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3330 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 ;;;***
|
|
|
3333
|
|
|
3334 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "modes/follow.el")
|
|
|
3335
|
|
|
3336 (add-minor-mode 'follow-mode nil 'follow-mode-map)
|
|
|
3337
|
|
|
3338 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3339 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3340
|
|
|
3341 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3342 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3343
|
|
|
3344 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3345 Minor mode which combines windows into one tall virtual window.
|
|
|
3346
|
|
|
3347 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
|
|
|
3348 of two major techniques:
|
|
|
3349
|
|
|
3350 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
|
|
|
3351 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
|
|
|
3352 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
|
|
|
3353
|
|
|
3354 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
|
|
|
3355 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
|
|
|
3356 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
|
|
|
3357 movement commands.
|
|
|
3358
|
|
|
3359 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
|
|
|
3360 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
|
|
|
3361 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
|
|
|
3362 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
|
|
108
|
3363 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
|
|
78
|
3364 mileage may vary).
|
|
|
3365
|
|
|
3366 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
|
|
|
3367 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
|
|
|
3368
|
|
|
3369 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
|
|
|
3370
|
|
|
3371 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
|
|
|
3372 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
|
|
|
3373 \(This is the default.)
|
|
|
3374
|
|
|
3375 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3376 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
|
|
|
3377
|
|
|
3378 Keys specific to Follow mode:
|
|
|
3379 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3380
|
|
|
3381 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
|
|
|
3382 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
|
|
|
3383
|
|
|
3384 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
|
|
|
3385 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
|
|
|
3386 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
|
|
|
3387 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
|
|
|
3388 two windows always will display two successive pages.
|
|
|
3389 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
|
|
|
3390
|
|
|
3391 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
|
|
|
3392 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
|
|
|
3393 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
|
|
|
3394
|
|
|
3395 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
|
|
|
3396 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
|
|
|
3397 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
|
|
|
3398
|
|
|
3399 ;;;***
|
|
|
3400
|
|
|
3401 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "modes/fortran.el")
|
|
|
3402
|
|
134
|
3403 (defcustom fortran-tab-mode-default nil "*Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.\nA value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.\nA value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked\nwith a character in column 6." :type 'boolean :group 'fortran-indent)
|
|
78
|
3404
|
|
|
3405 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
|
|
|
3406 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
|
|
|
3407 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
|
|
|
3408 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
|
|
|
3409
|
|
|
3410 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
|
|
|
3411
|
|
|
3412 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3413 \\{fortran-mode-map}
|
|
|
3414
|
|
|
3415 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3416
|
|
|
3417 comment-start
|
|
|
3418 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
|
|
|
3419 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
|
|
|
3420 fortran-do-indent
|
|
|
3421 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3422 fortran-if-indent
|
|
|
3423 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3424 fortran-structure-indent
|
|
|
3425 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
|
|
|
3426 (default 3)
|
|
|
3427 fortran-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3428 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
|
|
|
3429 fortran-comment-line-extra-indent
|
|
|
3430 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
|
|
|
3431 fortran-comment-indent-style
|
|
|
3432 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
|
|
|
3433 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
|
|
|
3434 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
|
|
|
3435 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
|
|
|
3436 (for TAB format continuation style).
|
|
|
3437 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
|
|
|
3438 indentation for a line of code.
|
|
|
3439 (default 'fixed)
|
|
|
3440 fortran-comment-indent-char
|
|
|
3441 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
|
|
|
3442 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
|
|
|
3443 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed
|
|
|
3444 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
|
|
|
3445 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab
|
|
|
3446 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
|
|
|
3447 fortran-line-number-indent
|
|
|
3448 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
|
|
|
3449 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
|
|
|
3450 column 5. (default 1)
|
|
|
3451 fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do
|
|
|
3452 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
|
|
|
3453 statements. (default nil)
|
|
|
3454 fortran-blink-matching-if
|
|
|
3455 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
|
|
|
3456 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
|
|
|
3457 statement. (default nil)
|
|
|
3458 fortran-continuation-string
|
|
|
3459 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
|
|
|
3460 line. (default \"$\")
|
|
|
3461 fortran-comment-region
|
|
|
3462 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3463 region. (default \"c$$$\")
|
|
|
3464 fortran-electric-line-number
|
|
|
3465 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
|
|
|
3466 as typed. (default t)
|
|
|
3467 fortran-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3468 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' breaks lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3469 (default t)
|
|
|
3470 fortran-startup-message
|
|
|
3471 Set to nil to inhibit message first time Fortran mode is used.
|
|
|
3472
|
|
|
3473 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3474 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3475
|
|
|
3476 ;;;***
|
|
|
3477
|
|
|
3478 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "modes/hideif.el")
|
|
|
3479
|
|
|
3480 (add-minor-mode 'hide-ifdef-mode " Ifdef")
|
|
|
3481
|
|
|
3482 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
|
|
|
3483 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
|
|
|
3484 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3485 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
|
|
|
3486 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
|
|
|
3487 how the hiding is done:
|
|
|
3488
|
|
|
3489 hide-ifdef-env
|
|
|
3490 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
|
|
|
3491 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3492 is used.
|
|
|
3493
|
|
|
3494 hide-ifdef-define-alist
|
|
|
3495 An association list of defined symbol lists.
|
|
|
3496 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3497 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3498 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
|
|
|
3499
|
|
|
3500 hide-ifdef-lines
|
|
|
3501 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
|
|
|
3502 #endif lines when hiding.
|
|
|
3503
|
|
|
3504 hide-ifdef-initially
|
|
|
3505 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
|
|
|
3506 is activated.
|
|
|
3507
|
|
|
3508 hide-ifdef-read-only
|
|
|
3509 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
|
|
|
3510 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
|
|
|
3511
|
|
|
3512 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3513
|
|
|
3514 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
|
|
|
3515 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
|
|
|
3516
|
|
|
3517 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
|
|
|
3518 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
|
|
|
3519
|
|
|
3520 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
|
|
|
3521 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
|
|
|
3522
|
|
|
3523 ;;;***
|
|
|
3524
|
|
|
3525 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-block hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "modes/hideshow.el")
|
|
|
3526
|
|
|
3527 (defvar hs-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3528 Non-nil if using hideshow mode as a minor mode of some other mode.
|
|
|
3529 Use the command `hs-minor-mode' to toggle this variable.")
|
|
|
3530
|
|
|
3531 (autoload 'hs-hide-all "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3532 Hides all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
|
|
|
3533 It moves point to the beginning of the line, and it runs the normal hook
|
|
|
3534 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3535
|
|
|
3536 (autoload 'hs-hide-block "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3537 Selects a block and hides it. With prefix arg, reposition at end.
|
|
|
3538 Block is defined as a sexp for lispish modes, mode-specific otherwise.
|
|
|
3539 Comments are blocks, too. Upon completion, point is at repositioned and
|
|
|
3540 the normal hook `hs-hide-hook' is run. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3541
|
|
|
3542 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3543 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
|
|
|
3544 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3545 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
|
|
|
3546 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. The variables
|
|
|
3547 `selective-display' and `selective-display-ellipses' are set to t.
|
|
|
3548 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc for `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
3549
|
|
|
3550 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
|
|
|
3551 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands." t nil)
|
|
|
3552
|
|
|
3553 (add-minor-mode 'hs-minor-mode " hs" 'hs-minor-mode-map)
|
|
|
3554
|
|
|
3555 ;;;***
|
|
|
3556
|
|
|
3557 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "modes/icon.el")
|
|
|
3558
|
|
|
3559 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
|
|
|
3560 Major mode for editing Icon code.
|
|
|
3561 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
|
|
|
3562 Tab indents for Icon code.
|
|
|
3563 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
3564 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
3565 \\{icon-mode-map}
|
|
|
3566 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3567 icon-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3568 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
3569 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
3570 icon-auto-newline
|
|
|
3571 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
3572 inserted in Icon code.
|
|
|
3573 icon-indent-level
|
|
|
3574 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
3575 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
3576 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
3577 icon-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
3578 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
3579 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
3580 icon-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
3581 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
3582 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
3583 icon-brace-offset
|
|
|
3584 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
3585 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
3586 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
3587 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
3588
|
|
|
3589 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3590 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3591
|
|
|
3592 ;;;***
|
|
|
3593
|
|
|
3594 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "modes/imenu.el")
|
|
|
3595
|
|
|
3596 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
|
|
|
3597 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
|
|
|
3598
|
|
|
3599 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu-create-index-with-pattern'
|
|
|
3600 to create a buffer index.
|
|
|
3601
|
|
|
3602 It is an alist with elements that look like this: (MENU-TITLE
|
|
|
3603 REGEXP INDEX).
|
|
|
3604
|
|
|
3605 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
|
|
|
3606 entries are not nested.
|
|
|
3607
|
|
|
3608 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
|
|
|
3609 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
|
|
|
3610 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
|
|
|
3611 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
|
|
|
3612
|
|
|
3613 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
|
|
|
3614 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
|
|
|
3615
|
|
|
3616 For emacs-lisp-mode for example PATTERN would look like:
|
|
|
3617
|
|
|
3618 '((nil \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(un\\\\|subst\\\\|macro\\\\|advice\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3619 (\"*Vars*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(var\\\\|const\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3620 (\"*Types*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(type\\\\|struct\\\\|class\\\\|ine-condition\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2))
|
|
|
3621
|
|
|
3622 The variable is buffer-local.")
|
|
|
3623
|
|
|
3624 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
|
|
|
3625
|
|
|
3626 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3627 Adds an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3628 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
|
|
|
3629 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3630
|
|
|
3631 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3632 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
|
|
|
3633 See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3634
|
|
|
3635 ;;;***
|
|
|
3636
|
|
|
3637 ;;;### (autoloads (ksh-mode) "ksh-mode" "modes/ksh-mode.el")
|
|
|
3638
|
|
|
3639 (autoload 'ksh-mode "ksh-mode" "\
|
|
134
|
3640 ksh-mode $Revision: 1.23 $ - Major mode for editing (Bourne, Korn or Bourne again)
|
|
78
|
3641 shell scripts.
|
|
|
3642 Special key bindings and commands:
|
|
|
3643 \\{ksh-mode-map}
|
|
|
3644 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3645 ksh-indent
|
|
|
3646 Indentation of ksh statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
3647 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3648 ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3649 Additional indentation for statements under case items.
|
|
|
3650 Default value is nil which will align the statements one position
|
|
|
3651 past the \")\" of the pattern.
|
|
|
3652 ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3653 Additional indentation for case items within a case statement.
|
|
|
3654 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3655 ksh-group-offset
|
|
|
3656 Additional indentation for keywords \"do\" and \"then\".
|
|
|
3657 Default value is -2.
|
|
|
3658 ksh-brace-offset
|
|
|
3659 Additional indentation of \"{\" under functions or brace groupings.
|
|
|
3660 Default value is 0.
|
|
|
3661 ksh-multiline-offset
|
|
|
3662 Additional indentation of line that is preceded of a line ending with a
|
|
|
3663 \\ to make it continue on next line.
|
|
|
3664 ksh-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3665 Controls the operation of the TAB key. If t (the default), always
|
|
|
3666 reindent the current line. If nil, indent the current line only if
|
|
|
3667 point is at the left margin or in the line's indentation; otherwise
|
|
|
3668 insert a tab.
|
|
|
3669 ksh-match-and-tell
|
|
|
3670 If non-nil echo in the minibuffer the matching compound command
|
|
|
3671 for the \"done\", \"}\", \"fi\", or \"esac\". Default value is t.
|
|
|
3672
|
|
|
3673 ksh-align-to-keyword
|
|
|
3674 Controls whether nested constructs align from the keyword or
|
|
|
3675 the current indentation. If non-nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3676 the column the keyword starts. If nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3677 the current indentation of the line the keyword is on.
|
|
|
3678 The default value is non-nil.
|
|
|
3679
|
|
|
3680 ksh-comment-regexp
|
|
|
3681 Regular expression used to recognize comments. Customize to support
|
|
|
3682 ksh-like languages. Default value is \" \\s *#\".
|
|
|
3683
|
|
|
3684 Style Guide.
|
|
|
3685 By setting
|
|
|
3686 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3687 (setq ksh-group-offset 0)
|
|
|
3688
|
|
|
3689 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3690
|
|
|
3691 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3692 then
|
|
|
3693 bar # <-- ksh-group-offset is additive to ksh-indent
|
|
|
3694 foo
|
|
|
3695 fi
|
|
|
3696
|
|
|
3697 By setting
|
|
|
3698 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3699 (setq ksh-group-offset (- 0 ksh-indent))
|
|
|
3700
|
|
|
3701 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3702
|
|
|
3703 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3704 then
|
|
|
3705 bar
|
|
|
3706 foo
|
|
|
3707 fi
|
|
|
3708
|
|
|
3709 By setting
|
|
|
3710 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3711 (setq ksh-case-indent nil)
|
|
|
3712
|
|
|
3713 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3714
|
|
|
3715 case x in *
|
|
|
3716 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3717 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent aligns with \")\"
|
|
|
3718 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3719 bar;;
|
|
|
3720 esac
|
|
|
3721
|
|
|
3722 By setting
|
|
|
3723 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3724 (setq ksh-case-indent 6)
|
|
|
3725
|
|
|
3726 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3727
|
|
|
3728 case x in *
|
|
|
3729 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3730 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3731 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3732 bar;;
|
|
|
3733 esac
|
|
|
3734
|
|
|
3735
|
|
|
3736 Installation:
|
|
|
3737
|
|
|
3738 (setq ksh-mode-hook
|
|
|
3739 (function (lambda ()
|
|
|
3740 (font-lock-mode 1) ;; font-lock the buffer
|
|
|
3741 (setq ksh-indent 8)
|
|
|
3742 (setq ksh-group-offset -8)
|
|
|
3743 (setq ksh-brace-offset -8)
|
|
|
3744 (setq ksh-tab-always-indent t)
|
|
|
3745 (setq ksh-match-and-tell t)
|
|
|
3746 (setq ksh-align-to-keyword t) ;; Turn on keyword alignment
|
|
|
3747 )))" t nil)
|
|
|
3748
|
|
|
3749 ;;;***
|
|
|
3750
|
|
|
3751 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "modes/m4-mode.el")
|
|
|
3752
|
|
|
3753 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
|
|
|
3754 A major-mode to edit m4 macro files
|
|
|
3755 \\{m4-mode-map}
|
|
|
3756 " t nil)
|
|
|
3757
|
|
|
3758 ;;;***
|
|
|
3759
|
|
|
3760 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-alias build-mail-aliases mail-aliases-setup) "mail-abbrevs" "modes/mail-abbrevs.el")
|
|
|
3761
|
|
120
|
3762 (defcustom mail-abbrev-mailrc-file nil "Name of file with mail aliases. If nil, ~/.mailrc is used." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) file) :group 'mail-abbrevs)
|
|
78
|
3763
|
|
|
3764 (defvar mail-aliases nil "\
|
|
|
3765 Word-abbrev table of mail address aliases.
|
|
|
3766 If this is nil, it means the aliases have not yet been initialized and
|
|
|
3767 should be read from the .mailrc file. (This is distinct from there being
|
|
|
3768 no aliases, which is represented by this being a table with no entries.)")
|
|
|
3769
|
|
|
3770 (autoload 'mail-aliases-setup "mail-abbrevs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 (autoload 'build-mail-aliases "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3773 Read mail aliases from .mailrc and set mail-aliases." nil nil)
|
|
|
3774
|
|
|
3775 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3776 Define NAME as a mail-alias that translates to DEFINITION.
|
|
|
3777 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
|
|
|
3778
|
|
|
3779 ;;;***
|
|
|
3780
|
|
|
3781 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "modes/make-mode.el")
|
|
|
3782
|
|
|
3783 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
|
|
|
3784 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
|
|
|
3785 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3786
|
|
|
3787 \\{makefile-mode-map}
|
|
|
3788
|
|
|
3789 In the browser, use the following keys:
|
|
|
3790
|
|
|
3791 \\{makefile-browser-map}
|
|
|
3792
|
|
|
3793 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
|
|
|
3794
|
|
|
3795 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
|
|
|
3796 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
|
|
|
3797
|
|
|
3798 makefile-target-colon:
|
|
|
3799 The string that gets appended to all target names
|
|
|
3800 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
|
|
|
3801 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
|
|
|
3802
|
|
|
3803 makefile-macro-assign:
|
|
|
3804 The string that gets appended to all macro names
|
|
|
3805 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
|
|
|
3806 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
|
|
|
3807 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
|
|
|
3808 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
|
|
|
3809 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
|
|
|
3810
|
|
|
3811 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
|
|
|
3812 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
|
|
|
3813 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
3814
|
|
|
3815 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
|
|
|
3816 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
|
|
|
3817
|
|
|
3818 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
|
|
|
3819 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
|
|
|
3820 up or down in the browser.
|
|
|
3821
|
|
|
3822 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
|
|
|
3823 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
3824
|
|
|
3825 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
|
|
|
3826 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
3827
|
|
|
3828 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
|
|
|
3829 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
|
|
|
3830 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
|
|
|
3831 has been selected in the browser.
|
|
|
3832
|
|
|
3833 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
|
|
|
3834 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
|
|
|
3835 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
|
|
|
3836 (i.e. it calls `makefile-find-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
|
|
|
3837 filenames are omitted.
|
|
|
3838
|
|
|
3839 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
|
|
|
3840 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
|
|
|
3841 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
|
|
|
3842 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
|
|
|
3843 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
|
|
|
3844 the backslash itself intact.
|
|
|
3845 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
|
|
|
3846 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
|
|
|
3847
|
|
|
3848 makefile-browser-hook:
|
|
|
3849 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
|
|
|
3850 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
|
|
|
3851
|
|
|
3852 makefile-special-targets-list:
|
|
|
3853 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
|
|
|
3854 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
|
|
|
3855 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3856
|
|
|
3857 ;;;***
|
|
|
3858
|
|
|
3859 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "modes/modula2.el")
|
|
|
3860
|
|
|
3861 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
|
|
|
3862 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
|
|
|
3863 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
|
|
|
3864 followed by the first character of the construct.
|
|
|
3865 \\<m2-mode-map>
|
|
|
3866 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
|
|
|
3867 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
|
|
|
3868 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
|
|
|
3869 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
|
|
|
3870 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
|
|
|
3871 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
|
|
|
3872 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
|
|
|
3873 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
|
|
|
3874 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
|
|
|
3875 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
|
|
|
3876 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
|
|
|
3877 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
|
|
|
3878 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
|
|
|
3879 \\[m2-link] link
|
|
|
3880
|
|
|
3881 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
|
|
|
3882 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
|
|
|
3883 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
|
|
|
3884
|
|
|
3885 ;;;***
|
|
|
3886
|
|
|
3887 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-nroff-mode nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "modes/nroff-mode.el")
|
|
|
3888
|
|
|
3889 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
3890 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
|
|
|
3891 \\{nroff-mode-map}
|
|
|
3892 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3893 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
|
|
|
3894 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
|
|
|
3895
|
|
|
3896 (autoload 'electric-nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
3897 Toggle `nroff-electric-newline' minor mode.
|
|
|
3898 `nroff-electric-newline' forces Emacs to check for an nroff request at the
|
|
|
3899 beginning of the line, and insert the matching closing request if necessary.
|
|
|
3900 This command toggles that mode (off->on, on->off), with an argument,
|
|
|
3901 turns it on iff arg is positive, otherwise off." t nil)
|
|
|
3902
|
|
|
3903 (defvar nroff-electric-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3904 Non-nil if in electric-nroff minor mode.")
|
|
|
3905
|
|
|
3906 (add-minor-mode 'nroff-electric-mode " Electric" nil nil 'electric-nroff-mode)
|
|
|
3907
|
|
|
3908 ;;;***
|
|
|
3909
|
|
|
3910 ;;;### (autoloads (outl-mouse-minor-mode outl-mouse-mode) "outl-mouse" "modes/outl-mouse.el")
|
|
|
3911
|
|
|
3912 (autoload 'outl-mouse-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
3913 Calls outline-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
3914
|
|
|
3915 (autoload 'outl-mouse-minor-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
3916 Toggles outline-minor-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
3917
|
|
|
3918 ;;;***
|
|
|
3919
|
|
|
3920 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "modes/outline.el")
|
|
|
3921
|
|
|
3922 (defvar outline-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3923 Non-nil if using Outline mode as a minor mode of some other mode.")
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 (make-variable-buffer-local 'outline-minor-mode)
|
|
|
3926
|
|
|
3927 (put 'outline-minor-mode 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
3928
|
|
|
3929 (add-minor-mode 'outline-minor-mode " Outl")
|
|
|
3930
|
|
|
3931 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
3932 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
|
|
|
3933 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
|
|
|
3934 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
|
|
|
3935
|
|
|
3936 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
|
|
|
3937 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
|
|
|
3938 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
|
|
|
3939 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
|
|
|
3940
|
|
|
3941 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
|
|
|
3942 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
|
|
|
3943 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
|
|
|
3944 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
|
|
|
3945 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
|
|
|
3946 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
|
|
|
3947
|
|
|
3948 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
|
|
|
3949 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
|
|
|
3950
|
|
|
3951 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
|
|
|
3952 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
|
|
|
3953 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
3954 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
|
|
|
3955 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
|
|
|
3956 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
|
|
|
3957 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
|
|
|
3958 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
|
|
|
3959 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
|
|
|
3960 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
3961 The subheadings remain visible.
|
|
|
3962 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
|
|
|
3963
|
|
|
3964 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
|
|
|
3965 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
|
|
|
3966 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
|
|
|
3967
|
|
|
3968 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
|
|
|
3969 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3970
|
|
|
3971 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
3972 Toggle Outline minor mode.
|
|
|
3973 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3974 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3975
|
|
|
3976 ;;;***
|
|
|
3977
|
|
|
3978 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "modes/pascal.el")
|
|
|
3979
|
|
|
3980 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
|
|
|
3981 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
|
|
|
3982 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
3983
|
|
|
3984 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
|
|
|
3985 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
|
|
|
3986
|
|
|
3987 Other useful functions are:
|
|
|
3988
|
|
|
3989 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
3990 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
3991 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
|
|
|
3992 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
|
|
|
3993 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
|
|
|
3994 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
3995 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
|
3996 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
3997 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
|
|
|
3998
|
|
|
3999 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
4000
|
|
|
4001 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
4002 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
4003 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
4004 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
4005 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
110
|
4006 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation mark
|
|
78
|
4007 after an end.
|
|
|
4008 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
4009 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
4010 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4011 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
|
4012 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
|
|
|
4013 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
|
|
|
4014 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
|
|
108
|
4015 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
78
|
4016
|
|
|
4017 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
|
|
|
4018 pascal-separator-keywords.
|
|
|
4019
|
|
|
4020 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4021 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4022
|
|
|
4023 ;;;***
|
|
|
4024
|
|
|
4025 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "modes/perl-mode.el")
|
|
|
4026
|
|
|
4027 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
|
|
|
4028 Major mode for editing Perl code.
|
|
|
4029 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
|
|
|
4030 Tab indents for Perl code.
|
|
|
4031 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
|
|
|
4032 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4033 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4034 \\{perl-mode-map}
|
|
|
4035 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4036 perl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4037 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
|
|
|
4038 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4039 perl-tab-to-comment
|
|
|
4040 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
|
|
|
4041 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
|
|
|
4042 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
|
|
|
4043 perl-nochange
|
|
|
4044 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
|
|
|
4045 perl-indent-level
|
|
|
4046 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4047 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
4048 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
4049 perl-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
4050 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
4051 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
4052 perl-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
4053 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
4054 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
4055 perl-brace-offset
|
|
|
4056 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
4057 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
4058 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
4059 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
4060 perl-label-offset
|
|
|
4061 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
|
|
|
4062
|
|
|
4063 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
|
|
|
4064 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
|
|
|
4065 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
|
|
|
4066 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
|
|
|
4067 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
|
|
|
4068 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
|
|
|
4069 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
|
|
|
4070
|
|
|
4071 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
4072
|
|
|
4073 ;;;***
|
|
|
4074
|
|
|
4075 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "modes/picture.el")
|
|
|
4076
|
|
|
4077 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
|
|
|
4078 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
|
|
|
4079 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
|
|
|
4080 afterwards settable by these commands:
|
|
|
4081 C-c < Move left after insertion.
|
|
|
4082 C-c > Move right after insertion.
|
|
|
4083 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
|
|
|
4084 C-c . Move down after insertion.
|
|
|
4085 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4086 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
|
|
|
4087 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4088 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
|
|
|
4089 The current direction is displayed in the modeline. The initial
|
|
|
4090 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
|
|
|
4091 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
|
|
|
4092 with these commands:
|
|
|
4093 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
|
|
|
4094 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
|
|
|
4095 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
|
|
|
4096 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
|
|
|
4097 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
|
|
|
4098 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4099 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4100 Return Move to beginning of next line.
|
|
|
4101 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
|
|
|
4102 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
|
|
|
4103 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
|
|
|
4104 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
|
|
|
4105 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
|
|
|
4106 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
|
|
|
4107 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
|
|
|
4108 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
|
|
|
4109 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
|
|
|
4110 You can manipulate text with these commands:
|
|
|
4111 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
|
|
|
4112 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
|
|
|
4113 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
|
|
|
4114 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
|
|
|
4115 text is saved in the kill ring.
|
|
|
4116 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
|
|
|
4117 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
|
|
|
4118 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
|
|
|
4119 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
|
|
|
4120 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
|
|
|
4121 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
|
|
|
4122 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
|
|
|
4123 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
|
|
|
4124 commands if invoked soon enough.
|
|
|
4125 You can return to the previous mode with:
|
|
|
4126 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
|
|
|
4127 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
|
|
|
4128
|
|
|
4129 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
|
|
|
4130
|
|
|
4131 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
|
|
|
4132 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
|
|
|
4133
|
|
|
4134 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
|
|
|
4135
|
|
|
4136 ;;;***
|
|
|
4137
|
|
|
4138 ;;;### (autoloads (postscript-mode) "postscript" "modes/postscript.el")
|
|
|
4139
|
|
|
4140 (autoload 'postscript-mode "postscript" "\
|
|
|
4141 Major mode for editing PostScript files.
|
|
|
4142
|
|
|
4143 \\[ps-execute-buffer] will send the contents of the buffer to the NeWS
|
|
|
4144 server using psh(1). \\[ps-execute-region] sends the current region.
|
|
|
4145 \\[ps-shell] starts an interactive psh(1) window which will be used for
|
|
|
4146 subsequent \\[ps-execute-buffer] or \\[ps-execute-region] commands.
|
|
|
4147
|
|
|
4148 In this mode, TAB and \\[indent-region] attempt to indent code
|
|
|
4149 based on the position of {}, [], and begin/end pairs. The variable
|
|
|
4150 ps-indent-level controls the amount of indentation used inside
|
|
|
4151 arrays and begin/end pairs.
|
|
|
4152
|
|
|
4153 \\{ps-mode-map}
|
|
|
4154
|
|
|
4155 \\[postscript-mode] calls the value of the variable postscript-mode-hook
|
|
|
4156 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4157
|
|
|
4158 ;;;***
|
|
|
4159
|
|
|
4160 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog inferior-prolog-mode prolog-mode) "prolog" "modes/prolog.el")
|
|
|
4161
|
|
|
4162 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4163 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
|
|
|
4164 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4165 Commands:
|
|
|
4166 \\{prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4167 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4168 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4169
|
|
|
4170 (autoload 'inferior-prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4171 Major mode for interacting with an inferior Prolog process.
|
|
|
4172
|
|
|
4173 The following commands are available:
|
|
|
4174 \\{inferior-prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4175
|
|
|
4176 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' with no arguments,
|
|
|
4177 if that value is non-nil. Likewise with the value of `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4178 `prolog-mode-hook' is called after `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4179
|
|
|
4180 You can send text to the inferior Prolog from other buffers
|
|
|
4181 using the commands `send-region', `send-string' and \\[prolog-consult-region].
|
|
|
4182
|
|
|
4183 Commands:
|
|
|
4184 Tab indents for Prolog; with argument, shifts rest
|
|
|
4185 of expression rigidly with the current line.
|
|
|
4186 Paragraphs are separated only by blank lines and '%%'.
|
|
|
4187 '%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4188
|
|
|
4189 Return at end of buffer sends line as input.
|
|
|
4190 Return not at end copies rest of line to end and sends it.
|
|
|
4191 \\[comint-kill-input] and \\[backward-kill-word] are kill commands, imitating normal Unix input editing.
|
|
|
4192 \\[comint-interrupt-subjob] interrupts the shell or its current subjob if any.
|
|
|
4193 \\[comint-stop-subjob] stops. \\[comint-quit-subjob] sends quit signal." t nil)
|
|
|
4194
|
|
|
4195 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4196 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
|
|
|
4197
|
|
|
4198 ;;;***
|
|
|
4199
|
|
|
4200 ;;;### (autoloads (py-shell python-mode) "python-mode" "modes/python-mode.el")
|
|
|
4201
|
|
|
4202 (eval-when-compile (condition-case nil (progn (require 'cl) (require 'imenu)) (error nil)))
|
|
|
4203
|
|
|
4204 (autoload 'python-mode "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4205 Major mode for editing Python files.
|
|
|
4206 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[py-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
4207 `python-mode' buffer. Do `\\[py-describe-mode]' for detailed
|
|
|
4208 documentation. To see what version of `python-mode' you are running,
|
|
|
4209 enter `\\[py-version]'.
|
|
|
4210
|
|
|
4211 This mode knows about Python indentation, tokens, comments and
|
|
|
4212 continuation lines. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4213
|
|
|
4214 COMMANDS
|
|
|
4215 \\{py-mode-map}
|
|
|
4216 VARIABLES
|
|
|
4217
|
|
|
4218 py-indent-offset indentation increment
|
|
|
4219 py-block-comment-prefix comment string used by comment-region
|
|
|
4220 py-python-command shell command to invoke Python interpreter
|
|
|
4221 py-scroll-process-buffer always scroll Python process buffer
|
|
|
4222 py-temp-directory directory used for temp files (if needed)
|
|
|
4223 py-beep-if-tab-change ring the bell if tab-width is changed" t nil)
|
|
|
4224
|
|
|
4225 (autoload 'py-shell "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4226 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
|
|
|
4227 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
|
|
|
4228 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
|
|
|
4229 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
|
|
|
4230 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
|
|
|
4231
|
|
|
4232 See the docs for variable `py-scroll-buffer' for info on scrolling
|
|
|
4233 behavior in the process window.
|
|
|
4234
|
|
|
4235 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
|
|
|
4236 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
|
|
|
4237 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
|
|
|
4238 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
|
|
|
4239 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
|
|
|
4240 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
|
|
|
4241 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
|
|
|
4242 mode.
|
|
|
4243
|
|
|
4244 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
|
|
|
4245 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
|
|
|
4246 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
|
|
|
4247 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
|
|
|
4248 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
|
|
|
4249 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
|
|
|
4250 filter." t nil)
|
|
|
4251
|
|
|
4252 ;;;***
|
|
|
4253
|
|
|
4254 ;;;### (autoloads (rexx-mode) "rexx-mode" "modes/rexx-mode.el")
|
|
|
4255
|
|
|
4256 (autoload 'rexx-mode "rexx-mode" "\
|
|
|
4257 Major mode for editing REXX code.
|
|
|
4258 \\{rexx-mode-map}
|
|
|
4259
|
|
|
4260 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4261 rexx-indent
|
|
|
4262 The basic indentation for do-blocks.
|
|
|
4263 rexx-end-indent
|
|
|
4264 The relative offset of the \"end\" statement. 0 places it in the
|
|
|
4265 same column as the statements of the block. Setting it to the same
|
|
|
4266 value as rexx-indent places the \"end\" under the do-line.
|
|
|
4267 rexx-cont-indent
|
|
|
4268 The indention for lines following \"then\", \"else\" and \",\"
|
|
|
4269 (continued) lines.
|
|
|
4270 rexx-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4271 Non-nil means TAB in REXX mode should always reindent the current
|
|
|
4272 line, regardless of where in the line the point is when the TAB
|
|
|
4273 command is used.
|
|
|
4274
|
|
|
4275 If you have set rexx-end-indent to a nonzero value, you probably want to
|
|
|
4276 remap RETURN to rexx-indent-newline-indent. It makes sure that lines
|
|
|
4277 indents correctly when you press RETURN.
|
|
|
4278
|
|
108
|
4279 An extensive abbreviation table consisting of all the keywords of REXX are
|
|
78
|
4280 supplied. Expanded keywords are converted into upper case making it
|
|
|
4281 easier to distinguish them. To use this feature the buffer must be in
|
|
|
4282 abbrev-mode. (See example below.)
|
|
|
4283
|
|
|
4284 Turning on REXX mode calls the value of the variable rexx-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4285 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
4286
|
|
|
4287 For example:
|
|
|
4288 \(setq rexx-mode-hook '(lambda ()
|
|
|
4289 (setq rexx-indent 4)
|
|
|
4290 (setq rexx-end-indent 4)
|
|
|
4291 (setq rexx-cont-indent 4)
|
|
|
4292 (local-set-key \"\\C-m\" 'rexx-indent-newline-indent)
|
|
|
4293 (abbrev-mode 1)
|
|
|
4294 ))
|
|
|
4295
|
|
|
4296 will make the END aligned with the DO/SELECT. It will indent blocks and
|
|
108
|
4297 IF-statements four steps and make sure that the END jumps into the
|
|
|
4298 correct position when RETURN is pressed. Finally it will use the abbrev
|
|
78
|
4299 table to convert all REXX keywords into upper case." t nil)
|
|
|
4300
|
|
|
4301 ;;;***
|
|
|
4302
|
|
|
4303 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-minibuf" "modes/rsz-minibuf.el")
|
|
|
4304
|
|
134
|
4305 (defgroup resize-minibuffer nil "Dynamically resize minibuffer to display entire contents" :group 'frames)
|
|
|
4306
|
|
|
4307 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer window is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, the limit is the height of the frame in\nwhich the active minibuffer window resides." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4308
|
|
|
4309 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer window can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4310
|
|
|
4311 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame nil "*If non-`nil' and the active minibuffer is the sole window in its frame, allow changing the frame height." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4312
|
|
|
4313 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer frame is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, there is no limit.")
|
|
|
4314
|
|
|
4315 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly nil "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer frame exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer frame can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
78
|
4316
|
|
|
4317 (autoload 'resize-minibuffer-mode "rsz-minibuf" "\
|
|
|
4318 Enable or disable resize-minibuffer mode.
|
|
|
4319 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. A positive argument or
|
|
|
4320 argument of 0 enables it.
|
|
|
4321
|
|
|
4322 When this minor mode is enabled, the minibuffer is dynamically resized to
|
|
|
4323 contain the entire region of text put in it as you type.
|
|
|
4324
|
|
|
4325 The variable `resize-minibuffer-mode' is set to t or nil depending on
|
|
|
4326 whether this mode is active or not.
|
|
|
4327
|
|
|
4328 The maximum height to which the minibuffer can grow is controlled by the
|
|
|
4329 variable `resize-minibuffer-window-max-height'.
|
|
|
4330
|
|
|
4331 The variable `resize-minibuffer-window-exactly' determines whether the
|
|
|
4332 minibuffer window should ever be shrunk to make it no larger than needed to
|
|
|
4333 display its contents.
|
|
|
4334
|
|
108
|
4335 When using a window system, it is possible for a minibuffer to be the sole
|
|
78
|
4336 window in a frame. Since that window is already its maximum size, the only
|
|
|
4337 way to make more text visible at once is to increase the size of the frame.
|
|
|
4338 The variable `resize-minibuffer-frame' controls whether this should be
|
|
|
4339 done. The variables `resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height' and
|
|
|
4340 `resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly' are analogous to their window
|
|
|
4341 counterparts." t nil)
|
|
|
4342
|
|
|
4343 ;;;***
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 ;;;### (autoloads (scheme-mode) "scheme" "modes/scheme.el")
|
|
|
4346
|
|
|
4347 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
|
|
|
4348 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
|
|
|
4349 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
|
|
|
4350
|
|
|
4351 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
|
|
|
4352 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
|
|
|
4353 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
|
|
|
4354 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
|
|
|
4355 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
|
|
|
4356 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
|
|
|
4357
|
|
|
4358 Commands:
|
|
|
4359 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4360 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
|
|
|
4361 \\{scheme-mode-map}
|
|
|
4362 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
|
|
|
4363 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4364
|
|
|
4365 ;;;***
|
|
|
4366
|
|
|
4367 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "modes/scribe.el")
|
|
|
4368
|
|
|
4369 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
|
|
|
4370 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
|
|
|
4371 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
|
|
|
4372 \\{scribe-mode-map}
|
|
|
4373
|
|
|
4374 Interesting variables:
|
|
|
4375
|
|
|
4376 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
|
|
|
4377 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
|
|
|
4378
|
|
|
4379 scribe-electric-quote
|
|
|
4380 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
|
|
|
4381
|
|
|
4382 scribe-electric-parenthesis
|
|
|
4383 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
|
|
|
4384 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
|
|
|
4385
|
|
|
4386 ;;;***
|
|
|
4387
|
|
114
|
4388 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode user-mail-address) "sendmail" "modes/sendmail.el")
|
|
78
|
4389
|
|
|
4390 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
|
|
|
4391 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
|
|
|
4392
|
|
|
4393 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
|
|
|
4394 king@grassland.com
|
|
|
4395 If `parens', they look like:
|
|
|
4396 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
|
|
|
4397 If `angles', they look like:
|
|
|
4398 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
|
|
|
4399
|
|
|
4400 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
|
|
|
4401 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
|
|
|
4402 This is done when the message is initialized,
|
|
|
4403 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
|
|
|
4404
|
|
|
4405 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
|
|
|
4406 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
|
|
|
4407 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
|
|
|
4408
|
|
|
4409 (defvar mail-dir nil "\
|
|
|
4410 *Default directory for saving messages.")
|
|
|
4411
|
|
|
4412 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Sender:" "References:" "Return-Path:" "Received:" "[^: \n]*Message-ID:" "Errors-To:" "Path:" "Expires:" "Xref:" "Lines:" "Approved:" "Distribution:" "Content-Length:" "Mime-Version:" "Content-Type:" "Content-Transfer-Encoding:" "X400-Received:" "X400-Originator:" "X400-Mts-Identifier:" "X400-Content-Type:" "Content-Identifier:" "Status:" "Summary-Line:" "X-Attribution:" "Via:" "Sent-Via:" "Mail-From:" "Origin:" "Comments:" "Originator:" "NF-ID:" "NF-From:" "Posting-Version:" "Posted:" "Posted-Date:" "Date-Received:" "Relay-Version:" "Article-I\\.D\\.:" "NNTP-Version:" "NNTP-Posting-Host:" "X-Mailer:" "X-Newsreader:" "News-Software:" "X-Received:" "X-References:" "X-Envelope-To:" "X-VMS-" "Remailed-" "X-Plantation:" "X-Windows:" "X-Pgp-") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4413 *Gubbish header fields one would rather not see.")
|
|
|
4414
|
|
|
4415 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat rmail-ignored-headers "\\|" "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Resent-To:" "Resent-By:" "Resent-CC:" "To:" "Subject:" "In-Reply-To:") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4416 Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
|
|
|
4417
|
|
|
4418 (defvar send-mail-function 'sendmail-send-it "\
|
|
|
4419 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
|
|
|
4420 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents
|
|
|
4421 match the variable `mail-header-separator'.")
|
|
|
4422
|
|
|
4423 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
|
|
|
4424 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
|
|
|
4425
|
|
|
4426 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
|
|
|
4427 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
|
|
|
4428 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
|
|
|
4429
|
|
|
4430 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
|
|
|
4431 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
|
|
|
4432 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
|
|
|
4433 when you first send mail.")
|
|
|
4434
|
|
|
4435 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
|
|
|
4436 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
|
|
|
4437 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
|
|
|
4438 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
|
|
|
4439 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
|
|
|
4440
|
|
|
4441 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
|
|
|
4442 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
|
|
|
4443 nil means use indentation.")
|
|
|
4444
|
|
|
4445 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
|
|
|
4446 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
|
|
|
4447 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.")
|
|
|
4448
|
|
114
|
4449 (autoload 'user-mail-address "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4450 Query the user for his mail address, unless it is already known." t nil)
|
|
|
4451
|
|
78
|
4452 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4453 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
|
|
|
4454 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
4455 C-c C-s mail-send (send the message) C-c C-c mail-send-and-exit
|
|
|
4456 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
4457 C-c C-f C-t move to To: C-c C-f C-s move to Subj:
|
|
|
4458 C-c C-f C-b move to BCC: C-c C-f C-c move to CC:
|
|
|
4459 C-c C-f C-f move to FCC: C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To:
|
|
|
4460 C-c C-t mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
4461 C-c C-w mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
4462 C-c C-y mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
|
|
|
4463 C-c C-q mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
|
4464 C-c C-v mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
|
|
|
4465
|
|
|
4466 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4467 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
|
|
|
4468 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
|
|
|
4469 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
|
|
|
4470
|
|
|
4471 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
|
|
|
4472 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
|
|
|
4473
|
|
|
4474 \\<mail-mode-map>
|
|
|
4475 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
|
|
|
4476
|
|
|
4477 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
|
|
|
4478 to move to message header fields:
|
|
|
4479 \\{mail-mode-map}
|
|
|
4480
|
|
|
4481 The variable `mail-signature' controls whether the signature file
|
|
|
4482 `mail-signature-file' is inserted immediately.
|
|
|
4483
|
|
|
4484 If `mail-signature' is nil, use \\[mail-signature] to insert the
|
|
|
4485 signature in `mail-signature-file'.
|
|
|
4486
|
|
|
4487 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
|
|
|
4488 when the message is initialized.
|
|
|
4489
|
|
|
4490 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
|
|
|
4491 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
|
|
|
4492
|
|
|
4493 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
|
|
|
4494 is inserted.
|
|
|
4495
|
|
|
4496 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
|
|
|
4497 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
|
|
|
4498
|
|
|
4499 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
|
|
|
4500 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
|
|
|
4501
|
|
|
4502 The second through fifth arguments,
|
|
|
4503 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
|
|
|
4504 the initial contents of those header fields.
|
|
|
4505 These arguments should not have final newlines.
|
|
|
4506 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer whose contents
|
|
|
4507 should be yanked if the user types C-c C-y.
|
|
|
4508 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
|
|
|
4509 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
|
|
|
4510 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
|
|
|
4511 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
|
|
|
4512
|
|
|
4513 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4514 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
4515
|
|
|
4516 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4517 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
4518
|
|
|
4519 (define-key ctl-x-map "m" 'mail)
|
|
|
4520
|
|
|
4521 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "m" 'mail-other-window)
|
|
|
4522
|
|
|
4523 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "m" 'mail-other-frame)
|
|
|
4524
|
|
|
4525 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
|
|
|
4526
|
|
|
4527 ;;;***
|
|
|
4528
|
|
|
4529 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "modes/sh-script.el")
|
|
|
4530
|
|
|
4531 (put 'sh-mode 'mode-class 'special)
|
|
|
4532
|
|
|
4533 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
|
|
|
4534 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
|
|
|
4535 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
|
|
|
4536 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
|
|
|
4537 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
|
|
|
4538 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
|
|
|
4539
|
|
|
4540 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
|
|
|
4541 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
|
|
|
4542 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
|
|
|
4543 shell-specific features.
|
|
|
4544
|
|
|
4545 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
|
|
|
4546 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
|
|
|
4547 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
|
|
|
4548
|
|
|
4549 \\[sh-case] case statement
|
|
|
4550 \\[sh-for] for loop
|
|
|
4551 \\[sh-function] function definition
|
|
|
4552 \\[sh-if] if statement
|
|
|
4553 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
|
|
|
4554 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
|
|
|
4555 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
|
|
|
4556 \\[sh-select] select loop
|
|
|
4557 \\[sh-until] until loop
|
|
|
4558 \\[sh-while] while loop
|
|
|
4559
|
|
|
4560 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
|
|
|
4561 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
|
|
|
4562 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
|
|
|
4563 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
|
|
|
4564 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
|
|
|
4565 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
|
|
|
4566
|
|
|
4567 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
|
|
|
4568 {, (, [, ', \", `
|
|
|
4569 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
|
|
|
4570
|
|
|
4571 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
|
|
|
4572 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
|
|
|
4573 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
|
|
|
4574
|
|
|
4575 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
|
|
|
4576 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
|
|
|
4577
|
|
|
4578 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
|
|
|
4579
|
|
|
4580 ;;;***
|
|
|
4581
|
|
|
4582 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" "modes/tcl.el")
|
|
|
4583
|
|
|
4584 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4585 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
|
|
|
4586 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
|
|
|
4587 Tab indents for Tcl code.
|
|
|
4588 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4589 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4590
|
|
|
4591 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4592 tcl-indent-level
|
|
|
4593 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4594 tcl-continued-indent-level
|
|
|
4595 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
|
|
|
4596
|
|
|
4597 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
4598 documentation for details):
|
|
|
4599 tcl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4600 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
4601 tcl-auto-newline
|
|
|
4602 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
|
|
|
4603 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
|
|
|
4604 tcl-electric-hash-style
|
|
|
4605 Controls action of `#' key.
|
|
|
4606 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
|
|
|
4607 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
|
|
|
4608 This variable is only used in GNU Emacs 19.
|
|
|
4609 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
|
|
|
4610 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
|
|
|
4611 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
|
|
|
4612
|
|
|
4613 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4614 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
4615 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
4616 already exist.
|
|
|
4617
|
|
|
4618 Commands:
|
|
|
4619 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
4620
|
|
|
4621 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4622 Run inferior Tcl process.
|
|
|
4623 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
|
|
|
4624 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
4625
|
|
|
4626 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4627 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
|
|
|
4628 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
|
|
|
4629
|
|
|
4630 ;;;***
|
|
|
4631
|
|
|
4632 ;;;### (autoloads (latex-mode plain-tex-mode tex-mode) "tex-mode" "modes/tex-mode.el")
|
|
|
4633
|
|
|
4634 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4635 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
|
|
|
4636 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
|
|
|
4637 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls plain-tex-mode,
|
|
|
4638 latex-mode, or slitex-mode, respectively. If it cannot be determined,
|
|
|
4639 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of tex-default-mode
|
|
|
4640 is used." t nil)
|
|
|
4641
|
|
|
4642 (fset 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
|
|
|
4643
|
|
|
4644 (fset 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
|
|
|
4645
|
|
|
4646 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4647 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
|
|
|
4648 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4649 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4650 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4651
|
|
|
4652 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
|
|
|
4653 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
|
|
|
4654 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4655 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4656 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4657 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4658 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4659
|
|
|
4660 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4661 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4662
|
|
|
4663 Special commands:
|
|
|
4664 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4665
|
|
|
4666 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4667 tex-run-command
|
|
|
4668 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4669 tex-directory
|
|
|
4670 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
|
|
|
4671 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4672 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4673 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4674 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4675 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4676 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4677 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4678 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4679 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4680 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4681 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4682
|
|
|
4683 Entering Plain-tex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4684 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of plain-tex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4685 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4686
|
|
|
4687 (fset 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
|
|
|
4688
|
|
|
4689 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4690 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
|
|
|
4691 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4692 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4693 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4694
|
|
|
4695 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
|
|
|
4696 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
|
|
|
4697 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4698 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4699 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4700 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4701 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4702
|
|
|
4703 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4704 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4705
|
|
|
4706 Special commands:
|
|
|
4707 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4708
|
|
|
4709 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4710 latex-run-command
|
|
|
4711 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4712 tex-directory
|
|
|
4713 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
|
|
|
4714 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4715 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4716 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4717 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4718 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4719 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4720 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4721 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4722 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4723 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4724 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4725
|
|
|
4726 Entering Latex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4727 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of latex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4728 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4729
|
|
|
4730 ;;;***
|
|
|
4731
|
|
|
4732 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "modes/texinfo.el")
|
|
|
4733
|
|
|
4734 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
|
|
|
4735 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
|
|
|
4736
|
|
|
4737 It has these extra commands:
|
|
|
4738 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
|
|
|
4739
|
|
|
4740 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
|
|
|
4741 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
|
|
|
4742 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
|
|
|
4743 modified version of TeX input format.
|
|
|
4744
|
|
|
4745 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
|
|
|
4746 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
|
|
|
4747 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
|
|
|
4748 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
|
|
|
4749
|
|
|
4750 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
|
|
|
4751 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
|
|
|
4752 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
|
|
|
4753 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
|
|
|
4754 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
|
|
|
4755 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
|
|
|
4756 in the Texinfo file.
|
|
|
4757
|
|
|
4758 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
|
|
|
4759 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
|
|
|
4760 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
|
|
|
4761 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
|
|
|
4762 move forward past the closing brace.
|
|
|
4763
|
|
|
4764 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
|
|
|
4765 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
|
|
|
4766
|
|
|
4767 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
|
|
|
4768 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
|
|
|
4769 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
|
|
|
4770
|
|
|
4771 Here are the functions:
|
|
|
4772
|
|
|
4773 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
4774 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
4775 texinfo-sequential-node-update
|
|
|
4776
|
|
|
4777 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
4778 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
4779 texinfo-master-menu
|
|
|
4780
|
|
|
4781 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
4782
|
|
|
4783 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
4784 which menu descriptions are indented.
|
|
|
4785
|
|
|
4786 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
|
|
|
4787 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
|
|
|
4788 in the region.
|
|
|
4789
|
|
|
4790 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
|
|
|
4791 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
|
|
|
4792 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
|
|
|
4793 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
|
|
|
4794
|
|
|
4795 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
|
|
|
4796 be the first node in the file.
|
|
|
4797
|
|
|
4798 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
|
|
|
4799 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
4800
|
|
|
4801 ;;;***
|
|
|
4802
|
|
|
4803 ;;;### (autoloads (tc-recenter tc-scroll-down tc-scroll-up tc-scroll-line tc-associated-buffer tc-merge tc-dissociate tc-split tc-associate-buffer tc-two-columns) "two-column" "modes/two-column.el")
|
|
|
4804
|
|
|
4805 (defvar tc-mode-map nil "\
|
|
|
4806 Keymap for commands for two-column mode.")
|
|
|
4807
|
|
|
4808 (if tc-mode-map nil (setq tc-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) (define-key tc-mode-map "1" 'tc-merge) (define-key tc-mode-map "2" 'tc-two-columns) (define-key tc-mode-map "b" 'tc-associate-buffer) (define-key tc-mode-map "d" 'tc-dissociate) (define-key tc-mode-map "\^L" 'tc-recenter) (define-key tc-mode-map "o" 'tc-associated-buffer) (define-key tc-mode-map "s" 'tc-split) (define-key tc-mode-map "{" 'shrink-window-horizontally) (define-key tc-mode-map "}" 'enlarge-window-horizontally) (define-key tc-mode-map " " 'tc-scroll-up) (define-key tc-mode-map "" 'tc-scroll-down) (define-key tc-mode-map "
" 'tc-scroll-line))
|
|
|
4809
|
|
|
4810 (global-set-key "6" tc-mode-map)
|
|
|
4811
|
|
|
4812 (defvar tc-other nil "\
|
|
|
4813 Marker to the associated buffer, if non-nil.")
|
|
|
4814
|
|
|
4815 (make-variable-buffer-local 'tc-other)
|
|
|
4816
|
|
|
4817 (put 'tc-other 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
4818
|
|
|
4819 (autoload 'tc-two-columns "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4820 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
|
|
|
4821
|
|
|
4822 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
|
|
|
4823 buffer. Both buffers are put in two-column minor mode and
|
|
|
4824 tc-mode-hook gets called on both. These buffers remember
|
|
|
4825 about one another, even when renamed.
|
|
|
4826
|
|
|
4827 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
|
|
|
4828 first and the associated buffer to it's right.
|
|
|
4829
|
|
|
4830 If you include long lines, i.e which will span both columns (eg.
|
|
|
4831 source code), they should be in what will be the first column, with
|
|
|
4832 the associated buffer having empty lines next to them.
|
|
|
4833
|
|
|
4834 You have the following commands at your disposal:
|
|
|
4835
|
|
|
4836 \\[tc-two-columns] Rearrange screen
|
|
|
4837 \\[tc-associate-buffer] Reassociate buffer after changing major mode
|
|
|
4838 \\[tc-scroll-up] Scroll both buffers up by a screenfull
|
|
|
4839 \\[tc-scroll-down] Scroll both buffers down by a screenful
|
|
|
4840 \\[tc-scroll-line] Scroll both buffers up by one or more lines
|
|
|
4841 \\[tc-recenter] Recenter and realign other buffer
|
|
|
4842 \\[shrink-window-horizontally], \\[enlarge-window-horizontally] Shrink, enlarge current column
|
|
|
4843 \\[tc-associated-buffer] Switch to associated buffer
|
|
|
4844 \\[tc-merge] Merge both buffers
|
|
|
4845
|
|
|
4846 These keybindings can be customized in your ~/.emacs by `tc-prefix'
|
|
|
4847 and `tc-mode-map'.
|
|
|
4848
|
|
|
4849 The appearance of the screen can be customized by the variables
|
|
|
4850 `tc-window-width', `tc-beyond-fill-column',
|
|
|
4851 `tc-mode-line-format' and `truncate-partial-width-windows'." t nil)
|
|
|
4852
|
|
|
4853 (add-minor-mode 'tc-other " 2C" nil nil 'tc-two-columns)
|
|
|
4854
|
|
|
4855 (autoload 'tc-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4856 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
|
|
|
4857 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
|
|
|
4858 accepting the proposed default buffer.
|
|
|
4859
|
|
|
4860 See \\[tc-two-columns] and `lisp/two-column.el' for further details." t nil)
|
|
|
4861
|
|
|
4862 (autoload 'tc-split "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4863 Unmerge a two-column text into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
|
|
|
4864 The text is unmerged at the cursor's column which becomes the local
|
|
|
4865 value of `tc-window-width'. Only lines that have the ARG same
|
|
|
4866 preceding characters at that column get split. The ARG preceding
|
|
|
4867 characters without any leading whitespace become the local value for
|
|
|
4868 `tc-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
|
|
|
4869 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
|
|
|
4870
|
|
|
4871 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things as
|
|
|
4872 you like them. You write the first line of each column with the
|
|
|
4873 separator you like and then unmerge that line. E.g.:
|
|
|
4874
|
|
|
4875 First column's text sSs Second columns text
|
|
|
4876 \\___/\\
|
|
|
4877 / \\
|
|
|
4878 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[tc-split] with the point here
|
|
|
4879
|
|
|
4880 See \\[tc-two-columns] and `lisp/two-column.el' for further details." t nil)
|
|
|
4881
|
|
|
4882 (autoload 'tc-dissociate "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4883 Turn off two-column minor mode in current and associated buffer.
|
|
|
4884 If the associated buffer is unmodified and empty, it is killed." t nil)
|
|
|
4885
|
|
|
4886 (autoload 'tc-merge "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4887 Merges the associated buffer with the current buffer.
|
|
|
4888 They get merged at the column, which is the value of
|
|
|
4889 `tc-window-width', i.e. usually at the vertical window
|
|
|
4890 separator. This separator gets replaced with white space. Beyond
|
|
|
4891 that the value of gets inserted on merged lines. The two columns are
|
|
|
4892 thus pasted side by side, in a single text. If the other buffer is
|
|
|
4893 not displayed to the left of this one, then this one becomes the left
|
|
|
4894 column.
|
|
|
4895
|
|
|
4896 If you want `tc-separator' on empty lines in the second column,
|
|
|
4897 you should put just one space in them. In the final result, you can strip
|
|
|
4898 off trailing spaces with \\[beginning-of-buffer] \\[replace-regexp] [ SPC TAB ] + $ RET RET" t nil)
|
|
|
4899
|
|
|
4900 (autoload 'tc-associated-buffer "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4901 Switch to associated buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
4902
|
|
|
4903 (autoload 'tc-scroll-line "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4904 Scroll current window upward by ARG lines.
|
|
|
4905 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4906
|
|
|
4907 (autoload 'tc-scroll-up "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4908 Scroll current window upward by ARG screens.
|
|
|
4909 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4910
|
|
|
4911 (autoload 'tc-scroll-down "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4912 Scroll current window downward by ARG screens.
|
|
|
4913 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4914
|
|
|
4915 (autoload 'tc-recenter "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4916 Center point in window. With ARG, put point on line ARG.
|
|
|
4917 This counts from bottom if ARG is negative. The associated window
|
|
|
4918 gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4919
|
|
|
4920 ;;;***
|
|
|
4921
|
|
98
|
4922 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "modes/verilog-mode.el")
|
|
|
4923
|
|
|
4924 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
|
|
|
4925 Major mode for editing Verilog code. \\<verilog-mode-map>
|
|
|
4926 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
|
|
|
4927 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4928 Supports highlighting.
|
|
|
4929
|
|
|
4930 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
4931
|
|
|
4932 verilog-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
4933 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
134
|
4934 verilog-indent-level-module (default 3)
|
|
|
4935 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
|
|
|
4936 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
|
|
|
4937 on the left side of your screen.
|
|
|
4938 verilog-indent-level-declaration (default 3)
|
|
|
4939 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
4940 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
|
|
|
4941 verilog-indent-level-behavorial (default 3)
|
|
|
4942 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
|
|
|
4943 Set to 0 to get such code to linedup underneath the task or function keyword
|
|
98
|
4944 verilog-cexp-indent (default 1)
|
|
|
4945 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines.
|
|
|
4946 verilog-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
4947 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
4948 verilog-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
134
|
4949 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctation
|
|
|
4950 mark after an end.
|
|
98
|
4951 verilog-auto-indent-on-newline (default t)
|
|
|
4952 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline
|
|
|
4953 verilog-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
4954 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
4955 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4956 verilog-indent-begin-after-if (default t)
|
|
108
|
4957 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
|
|
98
|
4958 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. otherwise,
|
|
108
|
4959 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
|
|
98
|
4960 if (a)
|
|
|
4961 begin
|
|
|
4962 otherwise you get:
|
|
|
4963 if (a)
|
|
|
4964 begin
|
|
|
4965 verilog-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
134
|
4966 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
|
|
|
4967 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
|
|
98
|
4968 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
|
|
134
|
4969 verilog-minimum-comment-distance (default 40)
|
|
|
4970 Minimum distance between begin and end required before a comment
|
|
|
4971 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
|
|
|
4972 end aquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundanet
|
|
|
4973 comments in tight quarters.
|
|
98
|
4974 verilog-auto-lineup (default `(all))
|
|
|
4975 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
|
4976
|
|
|
4977 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable verilog-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4978 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
4979 Other useful functions are:
|
|
134
|
4980 \\[verilog-complete-word] -complete word with appropriate possibilities
|
|
|
4981 (functions, verilog keywords...)
|
|
|
4982 \\[verilog-comment-region] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing
|
|
|
4983 nested comments.
|
|
|
4984 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
|
|
98
|
4985 \\[verilog-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
4986 \\[verilog-star-comment] - insert /* ... */
|
|
|
4987 \\[verilog-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
4988 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
4989 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
134
|
4990 \\[verilog-label-be] - Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join
|
|
|
4991 and case ... endcase statements;
|
|
98
|
4992 " t nil)
|
|
|
4993
|
|
|
4994 ;;;***
|
|
|
4995
|
|
78
|
4996 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "modes/vhdl-mode.el")
|
|
|
4997
|
|
|
4998 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
|
|
|
4999 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
|
|
134
|
5000 vhdl-mode $Revision: 1.23 $
|
|
78
|
5001 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
5002 vhdl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
5003 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
108
|
5004 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
78
|
5005
|
|
|
5006 Note that the details of configuring vhdl-mode will soon be moved to the
|
|
|
5007 accompanying texinfo manual. Until then, please read the README file
|
|
|
5008 that came with the vhdl-mode distribution.
|
|
|
5009
|
|
|
5010 The hook variable `vhdl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
5011 bound and has a non-nil value.
|
|
|
5012
|
|
|
5013 Key bindings:
|
|
|
5014 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5015
|
|
|
5016 ;;;***
|
|
|
5017
|
|
|
5018 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-view-mode view-major-mode view-mode view-minor-mode view-buffer-other-window view-file-other-window view-buffer view-file) "view-less" "modes/view-less.el")
|
|
|
5019
|
|
116
|
5020 (defvar view-minor-mode-map (let ((map (make-keymap))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-minor-mode-map) (suppress-keymap map) (define-key map "-" 'negative-argument) (define-key map " " 'scroll-up) (define-key map "f" 'scroll-up) (define-key map "" 'scroll-down) (define-key map "b" 'scroll-down) (define-key map 'backspace 'scroll-down) (define-key map "
" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "\n" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "e" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "j" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "y" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "k" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "d" 'view-scroll-some-lines-up) (define-key map "u" 'view-scroll-some-lines-down) (define-key map "r" 'recenter) (define-key map "t" 'toggle-truncate-lines) (define-key map "N" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "E" 'view-file) (define-key map "P" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "!" 'shell-command) (define-key map "|" 'shell-command-on-region) (define-key map "=" 'what-line) (define-key map "?" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "h" 'view-mode-describe) (define-key map "s" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "n" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "/" 'view-search-forward) (define-key map "\\" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "g" 'view-goto-line) (define-key map "G" 'view-last-windowful) (define-key map "%" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "p" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "m" 'point-to-register) (define-key map "'" 'register-to-point) (define-key map "C" 'view-cleanup-backspaces) (define-key map "" 'view-quit) (define-key map "" 'view-quit-toggle-ro) (define-key map "q" 'view-quit) map))
|
|
|
5021
|
|
|
5022 (defvar view-mode-map (let ((map (copy-keymap view-minor-mode-map))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-mode-map) map))
|
|
|
5023
|
|
78
|
5024 (autoload 'view-file "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5025 Find FILE, enter view mode. With prefix arg OTHER-P, use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5026
|
|
|
5027 (autoload 'view-buffer "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5028 Switch to BUF, enter view mode. With prefix arg use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5029
|
|
|
5030 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5031 Find FILE in other window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5032
|
|
|
5033 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5034 Switch to BUFFER in another window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5035
|
|
|
5036 (autoload 'view-minor-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5037 Minor mode for viewing text, with bindings like `less'.
|
|
|
5038 Commands are:
|
|
|
5039 \\<view-minor-mode-map>
|
|
|
5040 0..9 prefix args
|
|
|
5041 - prefix minus
|
|
|
5042 \\[scroll-up] page forward
|
|
|
5043 \\[scroll-down] page back
|
|
|
5044 \\[view-scroll-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 1.
|
|
|
5045 \\[view-scroll-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 1.
|
|
|
5046 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 10.
|
|
|
5047 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 10.
|
|
|
5048 \\[what-line] print line number
|
|
|
5049 \\[view-mode-describe] print this help message
|
|
|
5050 \\[view-search-forward] regexp search, uses previous string if you just hit RET
|
|
|
5051 \\[view-search-backward] as above but searches backward
|
|
|
5052 \\[view-repeat-search] repeat last search
|
|
|
5053 \\[view-goto-line] goto line prefix-arg, default 1
|
|
|
5054 \\[view-last-windowful] goto line prefix-arg, default last line
|
|
|
5055 \\[view-goto-percent] goto a position by percentage
|
|
|
5056 \\[toggle-truncate-lines] toggle truncate-lines
|
|
|
5057 \\[view-file] view another file
|
|
|
5058 \\[view-buffer] view another buffer
|
|
|
5059 \\[view-cleanup-backspaces] cleanup backspace constructions
|
|
|
5060 \\[shell-command] execute a shell command
|
|
|
5061 \\[shell-command-on-region] execute a shell command with the region as input
|
|
|
5062 \\[view-quit] exit view-mode, and bury the current buffer.
|
|
|
5063
|
|
|
5064 If invoked with the optional (prefix) arg non-nil, view-mode cleans up
|
|
|
5065 backspace constructions.
|
|
|
5066
|
|
|
5067 More precisely:
|
|
|
5068 \\{view-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5069
|
|
|
5070 (autoload 'view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5071 View the current buffer using view-minor-mode. This exists to be 99.9%
|
|
|
5072 compatible with the implementations of `view-mode' in view.el and older
|
|
|
5073 versions of view-less.el." t nil)
|
|
|
5074
|
|
|
5075 (autoload 'view-major-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5076 View the current buffer using view-mode, as a major mode.
|
|
|
5077 This function has a nonstandard name because `view-mode' is wrongly
|
|
|
5078 named but is like this for compatibility reasons." t nil)
|
|
|
5079
|
|
|
5080 (autoload 'auto-view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5081 If the file of the current buffer is not writable, call view-mode.
|
|
|
5082 This is meant to be added to `find-file-hooks'." nil nil)
|
|
|
5083
|
|
|
5084 ;;;***
|
|
|
5085
|
|
|
5086 ;;;### (autoloads (vrml-mode) "vrml-mode" "modes/vrml-mode.el")
|
|
|
5087
|
|
|
5088 (autoload 'vrml-mode "vrml-mode" "\
|
|
|
5089 Major mode for editing VRML code.
|
|
|
5090 Expression and list commands understand all VRML brackets.
|
|
|
5091 Tab indents for VRML code.
|
|
|
5092 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
5093 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
5094
|
|
|
5095 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
5096 vrml-indent-level
|
|
|
5097 Indentation of VRML statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
5098
|
|
|
5099 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
5100 documentation for details):
|
|
|
5101 vrml-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
5102 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
5103 vrml-auto-newline
|
|
|
5104 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
5105 inserted in VRML code.
|
|
|
5106
|
|
|
5107 Turning on VRML mode calls the value of the variable `vrml-mode-hook'
|
|
|
5108 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
5109 `vrml-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
5110 already exist.
|
|
|
5111
|
|
|
5112 Commands:
|
|
|
5113 \\{vrml-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5114
|
|
|
5115 ;;;***
|
|
|
5116
|
|
|
5117 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-mode) "xpm-mode" "modes/xpm-mode.el")
|
|
|
5118
|
|
|
5119 (autoload 'xpm-mode "xpm-mode" "\
|
|
|
5120 Treat the current buffer as an xpm file and colorize it.
|
|
|
5121
|
|
|
5122 Shift-button-1 lets you paint by dragging the mouse. Shift-button-1 on a
|
|
|
5123 color definition line will change the current painting color to that line's
|
|
|
5124 value.
|
|
|
5125
|
|
|
5126 Characters inserted from the keyboard will NOT be colored properly yet.
|
|
|
5127 Use the mouse, or do xpm-init (\\[xpm-init]) after making changes.
|
|
|
5128
|
|
|
5129 \\[xpm-add-color] Add a new color, prompting for character and value
|
|
|
5130 \\[xpm-show-image] show the current image at the top of the buffer
|
|
|
5131 \\[xpm-parse-color] parse the current line's color definition and add
|
|
|
5132 it to the color table. Provided as a means of changing colors.
|
|
|
5133 XPM minor mode bindings:
|
|
|
5134 \\{xpm-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5135
|
|
|
5136 ;;;***
|
|
|
5137
|
|
|
5138 ;;;### (autoloads (br-env-load br-env-browse) "br-env" "oobr/br-env.el")
|
|
|
5139
|
|
|
5140 (autoload 'br-env-browse "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5141 Invoke the OO-Browser on an existing or to be created Environment ENV-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
5142
|
|
|
5143 (autoload 'br-env-load "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5144 Load browser Environment or spec from optional ENV-FILE or 'br-env-file'.
|
|
|
5145 Non-nil PROMPT means prompt user before building tables.
|
|
|
5146 Non-nil NO-BUILD means skip build of Environment entirely.
|
|
|
5147 Return t if load is successful, else nil." t nil)
|
|
|
5148
|
|
|
5149 ;;;***
|
|
|
5150
|
|
|
5151 ;;;### (autoloads (oo-browser) "br-start" "oobr/br-start.el")
|
|
|
5152
|
|
|
5153 (fset 'oobr 'oo-browser)
|
|
|
5154
|
|
|
5155 (autoload 'oo-browser "br-start" "\
|
|
|
5156 Prompt for an Environment and language over which to run the OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5157 Optional prefix argument SAME-ENV-FLAG means browse the current Environment,
|
|
120
|
5158 if any, without prompting. Otherwise, if called interactively, give the user
|
|
|
5159 a choice whether to re-browse the last Environment or to browse a new one." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5160
|
|
|
5161 ;;;***
|
|
|
5162
|
|
|
5163 ;;;### (autoloads (br-to-from-viewer br-add-class-file) "br" "oobr/br.el")
|
|
|
5164
|
|
|
5165 (autoload 'br-add-class-file "br" "\
|
|
|
5166 Add a file of classes to the current Environment.
|
|
|
5167 Interactively or when optional CLASS-PATH is nil, CLASS-PATH defaults to the
|
|
|
5168 current buffer file pathname. If optional LIB-TABLE-P is non-nil, add to
|
|
|
5169 Library Environment, otherwise add to System Environment. If optional
|
|
|
5170 SAVE-FILE is t, the Environment is then stored to the filename given by
|
|
100
|
5171 `br-env-file'. If SAVE-FILE is non-nil and not t, its string value is used
|
|
78
|
5172 as the file to which to save the Environment." t nil)
|
|
|
5173
|
|
|
5174 (autoload 'br-to-from-viewer "br" "\
|
|
|
5175 Move point to viewer window or back to last recorded listing window." t nil)
|
|
|
5176
|
|
|
5177 ;;;***
|
|
|
5178
|
|
|
5179 ;;;### (autoloads (c++-browse) "c++-browse" "oobr/c++-browse.el")
|
|
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 (autoload 'c++-browse "c++-browse" "\
|
|
|
5182 Invoke the C++ OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5183 This allows browsing through C++ library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5184 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5185 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5186 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5187
|
|
|
5188 ;;;***
|
|
|
5189
|
|
|
5190 ;;;### (autoloads (clos-browse) "clos-brows" "oobr/clos-brows.el")
|
|
|
5191
|
|
|
5192 (autoload 'clos-browse "clos-brows" "\
|
|
|
5193 Invoke the CLOS OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5194 This allows browsing through CLOS library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5195 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5196 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5197 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5198
|
|
|
5199 ;;;***
|
|
|
5200
|
|
|
5201 ;;;### (autoloads (eif-browse) "eif-browse" "oobr/eif-browse.el")
|
|
|
5202
|
|
|
5203 (autoload 'eif-browse "eif-browse" "\
|
|
|
5204 Invoke the Eiffel OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5205 This allows browsing through Eiffel library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5206 With an optional prefix arg ENV-FILE equal to t, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5207 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5208 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5209
|
|
|
5210 ;;;***
|
|
|
5211
|
|
|
5212 ;;;### (autoloads (info-browse) "info-brows" "oobr/info-brows.el")
|
|
|
5213
|
|
|
5214 (autoload 'info-browse "info-brows" "\
|
|
|
5215 Invoke the Info OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5216 This allows browsing through Info library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5217 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5218 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5219 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5220
|
|
|
5221 ;;;***
|
|
|
5222
|
|
|
5223 ;;;### (autoloads (java-browse) "java-brows" "oobr/java-brows.el")
|
|
|
5224
|
|
|
5225 (autoload 'java-browse "java-brows" "\
|
|
|
5226 Invoke the Java OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5227 This allows browsing through Java library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5228 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5229 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5230 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5231
|
|
|
5232 ;;;***
|
|
|
5233
|
|
|
5234 ;;;### (autoloads (objc-browse) "objc-brows" "oobr/objc-brows.el")
|
|
|
5235
|
|
|
5236 (autoload 'objc-browse "objc-brows" "\
|
|
|
5237 Invoke the Objective-C OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5238 This allows browsing through Objective-C library and system class
|
|
|
5239 hierarchies. With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for
|
|
|
5240 Environment file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used
|
|
|
5241 as the Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5242
|
|
|
5243 ;;;***
|
|
|
5244
|
|
|
5245 ;;;### (autoloads (python-browse) "python-browse" "oobr/python-browse.el")
|
|
|
5246
|
|
|
5247 (autoload 'python-browse "python-browse" "\
|
|
|
5248 Invoke the Python OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5249 This allows browsing through Python library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5250 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5251 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5252 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5253
|
|
|
5254 ;;;***
|
|
|
5255
|
|
|
5256 ;;;### (autoloads (smt-browse) "smt-browse" "oobr/smt-browse.el")
|
|
|
5257
|
|
|
5258 (autoload 'smt-browse "smt-browse" "\
|
|
|
5259 Invoke the Smalltalk OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5260 This allows browsing through Smalltalk library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5261 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5262 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5263 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5264
|
|
|
5265 ;;;***
|
|
|
5266
|
|
|
5267 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "packages/add-log.el")
|
|
|
5268
|
|
120
|
5269 (defcustom change-log-default-name nil "*Name of a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry]." :type '(choice (const :tag "default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5270
|
|
|
5271 (defcustom add-log-current-defun-function nil "*If non-nil, function to guess name of current function from surrounding text.\n\\[add-change-log-entry] calls this function (if nil, `add-log-current-defun'\ninstead) with no arguments. It returns a string or nil if it cannot guess." :type 'boolean :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5272
|
|
|
5273 (defcustom add-log-full-name nil "*Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.\nThis defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5274
|
|
|
5275 (defcustom add-log-mailing-address nil "*Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.\nThis defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
78
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5278 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5279
|
|
|
5280 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5281 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
|
|
|
5282
|
|
|
5283 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
|
|
|
5284 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5285 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
|
|
|
5286 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
|
|
|
5287
|
|
|
5288 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
|
|
|
5289 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
|
|
|
5290 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
|
|
|
5291
|
|
|
5292 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
|
|
|
5293 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5294
|
|
|
5295 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5296 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5297 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5298 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5299 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
|
|
|
5300 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
|
|
|
5301 never append to an existing entry." t nil)
|
|
|
5302
|
|
|
5303 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5304 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5305 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5306 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'." t nil)
|
|
|
5307
|
|
|
5308 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
|
|
|
5309
|
|
|
5310 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5311 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
|
|
|
5312 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
|
|
|
5313 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
|
|
|
5314 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
|
|
|
5315 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
5316
|
|
|
5317 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5318 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
|
|
|
5319
|
|
|
5320 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
|
|
|
5321 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
|
|
|
5322
|
|
|
5323 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
|
|
|
5324 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
|
|
|
5325 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
|
|
|
5326 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
|
|
|
5327
|
|
|
5328 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
|
|
|
5329
|
|
|
5330 ;;;***
|
|
|
5331
|
|
|
5332 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command) "apropos" "packages/apropos.el")
|
|
|
5333
|
|
|
5334 (fset 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
|
|
|
5335
|
|
|
5336 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5337 Shows commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5338 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
|
|
|
5339 variables." t nil)
|
|
|
5340
|
|
|
5341 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5342 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5343 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
|
|
|
5344 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
|
|
|
5345 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5346
|
|
|
5347 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5348 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
|
|
|
5349 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
|
|
|
5350 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
|
|
|
5351 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
|
|
|
5352
|
|
|
5353 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5354 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
|
|
|
5355 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
|
|
|
5356 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
|
|
|
5357 bindings.
|
|
|
5358 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5359
|
|
|
5360 ;;;***
|
|
|
5361
|
|
|
5362 ;;;### (autoloads (define-auto-insert auto-insert) "autoinsert" "packages/autoinsert.el")
|
|
|
5363
|
|
|
5364 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5365 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
|
|
|
5366 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5367
|
|
|
5368 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5369 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
|
|
|
5370 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
|
|
|
5371 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
|
|
|
5372
|
|
|
5373 ;;;***
|
|
|
5374
|
|
|
5375 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "packages/avoid.el")
|
|
|
5376
|
|
80
|
5377 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
|
|
|
5378 Value is t or a symbol if the mouse pointer should avoid the cursor.
|
|
|
5379 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. Changing this
|
|
|
5380 variable is NOT the recommended way to change modes; use that function
|
|
|
5381 instead.")
|
|
|
5382
|
|
78
|
5383 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
|
|
|
5384 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
|
|
|
5385 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
|
|
|
5386 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
|
|
|
5387
|
|
|
5388 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
|
|
|
5389 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
|
|
|
5390 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
|
|
|
5391
|
|
|
5392 Effects of the different modes:
|
|
|
5393 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
|
|
|
5394 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
|
|
|
5395 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
|
|
|
5396 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
|
|
|
5397 a random distance & direction.
|
|
|
5398 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
|
|
|
5399 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
|
|
|
5400 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
|
|
|
5401
|
|
|
5402 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
|
|
|
5403
|
|
|
5404 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
|
|
|
5405 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
|
|
|
5406 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
|
|
|
5407
|
|
|
5408 (add-minor-mode 'mouse-avoidance-mode " Avoid")
|
|
|
5409
|
|
|
5410 ;;;***
|
|
|
5411
|
|
|
5412 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-cursor-mode) "blink-cursor" "packages/blink-cursor.el")
|
|
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 (autoload 'blink-cursor-mode "blink-cursor" "\
|
|
|
5415 Enable or disable a blinking cursor.
|
|
|
5416 If TIMEOUT is nil, toggle on or off.
|
|
|
5417 If TIMEOUT is t, enable with the previous timeout value.
|
|
|
5418 If TIMEOUT is 0, disable.
|
|
|
5419 If TIMEOUT is greater than 0, then the cursor will blink once
|
|
|
5420 each TIMEOUT secs (can be a float)." t nil)
|
|
|
5421
|
|
|
5422 ;;;***
|
|
|
5423
|
|
|
5424 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "packages/bookmark.el")
|
|
|
5425
|
|
|
5426 (if (symbolp (key-binding "r")) nil (progn (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)))
|
|
|
5427
|
|
|
5428 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
|
|
|
5429 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
|
|
|
5430 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
|
|
|
5431 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
|
|
|
5432 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
|
|
|
5433 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
|
|
|
5434
|
|
|
5435 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
|
|
|
5436
|
|
|
5437 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5438
|
|
|
5439 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5440
|
|
|
5441 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5442
|
|
|
5443 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5444
|
|
|
5445 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
|
|
|
5446
|
|
|
5447 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
|
|
|
5448
|
|
|
5449 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location)
|
|
|
5450
|
|
|
5451 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
|
|
|
5452
|
|
|
5453 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
|
|
|
5454
|
|
|
5455 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
|
|
|
5456
|
|
|
5457 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
|
|
|
5458
|
|
|
5459 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
|
|
|
5460
|
|
|
5461 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5462 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
|
|
|
5463 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
|
|
|
5464 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
|
|
|
5465 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
|
|
|
5466 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
|
|
|
5467 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
|
|
|
5468 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
|
|
|
5469 recent one.
|
|
|
5470
|
|
|
5471 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
|
|
|
5472 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
|
|
|
5473 yank successive words.
|
|
|
5474
|
|
|
5475 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
|
|
|
5476 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
|
|
|
5477 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
|
|
|
5478 name of the file being visited.
|
|
|
5479
|
|
|
5480 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
|
|
|
5481 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
|
|
|
5482 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
|
|
|
5483
|
|
|
5484 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5485 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5486 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5487 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5488 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5489 this.
|
|
|
5490
|
|
|
5491 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
|
|
|
5492 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
|
|
|
5493 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
|
|
|
5494 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
|
|
|
5495
|
|
|
5496 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5497 Relocate BOOKMARK -- prompts for a filename, and makes an already
|
|
|
5498 existing bookmark point to that file, instead of the one it used to
|
|
|
5499 point at. Useful when a file has been renamed after a bookmark was
|
|
|
5500 set in it." t nil)
|
|
|
5501
|
|
|
5502 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5503 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5504 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
|
|
|
5505 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
|
|
|
5506
|
|
|
5507 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5508 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. If called from
|
|
|
5509 keyboard, prompts for OLD and NEW. If called from menubar, OLD is
|
|
|
5510 selected from a menu, and prompts for NEW.
|
|
|
5511
|
|
|
5512 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
|
|
|
5513 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
|
|
|
5514 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5515
|
|
|
5516 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5517 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5518 name." t nil)
|
|
|
5519
|
|
|
5520 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5521 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5522 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5523 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5524 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5525 this." t nil)
|
|
|
5526
|
|
|
5527 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5528 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5529 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5530 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5531 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5532 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5533 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
|
|
|
5534 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
|
|
|
5535
|
|
|
5536 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5537 Write bookmarks to a file (for which the user will be prompted
|
|
|
5538 interactively). Don't use this in Lisp programs; use bookmark-save
|
|
|
5539 instead." t nil)
|
|
|
5540
|
|
|
5541 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5542 Save currently defined bookmarks.
|
|
|
5543 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
|
|
|
5544 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
|
|
|
5545 \(second argument).
|
|
|
5546
|
|
|
5547 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
|
|
|
5548 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
|
|
|
5549 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
|
|
|
5550 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
|
|
|
5551 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
|
|
|
5552
|
|
|
5553 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
|
|
|
5554 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
|
|
|
5555 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
|
|
|
5556 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
|
|
|
5557
|
|
|
5558 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5559 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
|
|
|
5560 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
|
|
|
5561 optional second argument REVERT is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
|
|
|
5562 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
|
|
|
5563 while loading.
|
|
|
5564
|
|
|
5565 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
|
|
|
5566 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
|
|
|
5567 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
|
|
|
5568 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
|
|
|
5569 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
|
|
|
5570 explicitly." t nil)
|
|
|
5571
|
|
|
5572 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5573 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
|
|
|
5574 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
|
|
|
5575 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
|
|
|
5576 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
|
|
|
5577
|
|
|
5578 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5579
|
|
|
5580 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5581
|
|
|
5582 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5583 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5584 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5585 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5586 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5587 this.
|
|
|
5588
|
|
|
5589 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5590 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5591 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5592
|
|
|
5593 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5594 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5595 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5596 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5597 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5598 this.
|
|
|
5599
|
|
|
5600 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5601 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5602 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5603
|
|
|
5604 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-locate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5605 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5606 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
|
|
|
5607
|
|
|
5608 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5609 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5610 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5611
|
|
|
5612 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5613 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5614 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5615 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
|
|
|
5616 prompts for NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5617 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
|
|
|
5618 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
|
|
|
5619 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5620
|
|
|
5621 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5622 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5623 name.
|
|
|
5624
|
|
|
5625 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5626 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5627 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5628
|
|
|
5629 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5630 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5631 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5632 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5633 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5634 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5635
|
|
|
5636 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5637 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5638 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5639
|
|
|
5640 ;;;***
|
|
|
5641
|
|
|
5642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "buff-menu" "packages/buff-menu.el")
|
|
|
5643
|
|
|
5644 (defvar list-buffers-directory nil)
|
|
|
5645
|
|
|
5646 (make-variable-buffer-local 'list-buffers-directory)
|
|
|
5647
|
|
|
5648 ;;;***
|
|
|
5649
|
|
|
5650 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "packages/chistory.el")
|
|
|
5651
|
|
|
5652 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5653 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
|
|
|
5654 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
|
|
|
5655 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
|
|
|
5656 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
|
|
|
5657 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
|
|
|
5658
|
|
|
5659 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5660 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
|
|
|
5661 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5662 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
|
|
|
5663 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
|
|
|
5664
|
|
|
5665 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5666
|
|
|
5667 (autoload 'command-history-mode "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5668 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
5669 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5670 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
5671 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
|
|
|
5672
|
|
|
5673 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
|
|
|
5674 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
|
|
|
5675 \\{command-history-map}
|
|
|
5676 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
5677 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
5678
|
|
|
5679 ;;;***
|
|
|
5680
|
|
|
5681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "packages/cmuscheme.el")
|
|
|
5682
|
|
|
5683 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
|
|
|
5684
|
|
|
5685 ;;;***
|
|
|
5686
|
|
|
5687 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "packages/compare-w.el")
|
|
|
5688
|
|
|
5689 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
|
|
|
5690 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
|
|
|
5691 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
|
|
|
5692 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
|
|
|
5693
|
|
|
5694 This command pushes the mark in each window
|
|
|
5695 at the prior location of point in that window.
|
|
|
5696 If both windows display the same buffer,
|
|
|
5697 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
|
|
|
5698 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
|
|
|
5699
|
|
|
5700 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
|
|
|
5701 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
|
|
|
5702 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
5703
|
|
|
5704 ;;;***
|
|
|
5705
|
|
|
5706 ;;;### (autoloads (first-error previous-error next-error compilation-minor-mode grep compile) "compile" "packages/compile.el")
|
|
|
5707
|
|
120
|
5708 (defcustom compilation-mode-hook nil "*List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks')." :type 'hook :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5709
|
|
|
5710 (defcustom compilation-window-height nil "*Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5711
|
|
|
5712 (defcustom compilation-buffer-name-function nil "Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.\nThe function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the\ncompilation buffer. It should return a string.\nnil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5713
|
|
|
5714 (defcustom compilation-finish-function nil "*Function to call when a compilation process finishes.\nIt is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string\ndescribing how the process finished." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5715
|
|
|
5716 (defcustom compilation-search-path '(nil) "*List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.\nElements should be directory names, not file names of directories.\nnil as an element means to try the default directory." :type '(repeat (choice (const :tag "Default" nil) directory)) :group 'compilation)
|
|
78
|
5717
|
|
|
5718 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
|
|
|
5719 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
|
|
|
5720 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
|
|
|
5721 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
|
|
|
5722
|
|
|
5723 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
|
|
|
5724 and move to the source code that caused it.
|
|
|
5725
|
|
|
5726 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
|
|
|
5727 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
|
|
|
5728
|
|
|
5729 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
|
|
|
5730 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
|
|
|
5731 Then start the next one.
|
|
|
5732
|
|
|
5733 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
|
|
|
5734 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
|
|
|
5735 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
|
|
|
5736
|
|
|
5737 (autoload 'grep "compile" "\
|
|
|
5738 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
5739 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
5740 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
|
|
|
5741
|
|
|
5742 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
|
|
|
5743 easily repeat a grep command." t nil)
|
|
|
5744
|
|
|
5745 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
|
|
|
5746 Toggle compilation minor mode.
|
|
|
5747 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
5748 See `compilation-mode'.
|
|
|
5749 ! \\{compilation-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5750
|
|
|
5751 (autoload 'next-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5752 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5753 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command.
|
|
|
5754 If all preparsed error messages have been processed,
|
|
|
5755 the error message buffer is checked for new ones.
|
|
|
5756
|
|
|
5757 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
|
|
|
5758 negative means move back to previous error messages.
|
|
|
5759 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
|
|
|
5760 and start at the first error.
|
|
|
5761
|
|
|
5762 \\[next-error] normally applies to the most recent compilation started,
|
|
|
5763 but as long as you are in the middle of parsing errors from one compilation
|
|
|
5764 output buffer, you stay with that compilation output buffer.
|
|
|
5765
|
|
|
5766 Use \\[next-error] in a compilation output buffer to switch to
|
|
|
5767 processing errors from that compilation.
|
|
|
5768
|
|
|
5769 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
|
|
|
5770 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
|
|
|
5771
|
|
|
5772 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
|
|
|
5773
|
|
|
5774 (autoload 'previous-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5775 Visit previous compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5776 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5777
|
|
|
5778 (autoload 'first-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5779 Reparse the error message buffer and start at the first error
|
|
|
5780 Visit corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5781 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5782
|
|
|
5783 ;;;***
|
|
|
5784
|
|
|
5785 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "packages/dabbrev.el")
|
|
|
5786
|
|
|
5787 (define-key global-map [(meta /)] 'dabbrev-expand)
|
|
|
5788
|
|
|
5789 (define-key global-map [(meta control /)] 'dabbrev-completion)
|
|
|
5790
|
|
|
5791 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
5792 Completion on current word.
|
|
|
5793 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
|
|
|
5794 and presents suggestions for completion.
|
|
|
5795
|
|
|
5796 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
|
|
|
5797 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
|
|
|
5798 completions.
|
|
|
5799
|
|
|
5800 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
|
|
|
5801 then it searches *all* buffers.
|
|
|
5802
|
|
|
5803 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
|
|
|
5804 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
|
|
|
5805
|
|
|
5806 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
5807 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
|
|
|
5808
|
|
|
5809 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
|
|
|
5810 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
|
|
|
5811 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
|
|
|
5812 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
|
|
|
5813 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
|
|
|
5814
|
|
|
5815 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
|
|
|
5816 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
|
|
|
5817
|
|
|
5818 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
|
|
|
5819 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
|
|
|
5820 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
|
|
|
5821
|
|
|
5822 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
|
|
|
5823 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
|
|
|
5824
|
|
|
5825 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
|
|
|
5826
|
|
|
5827 ;;;***
|
|
|
5828
|
|
104
|
5829 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff) "diff" "packages/diff.el")
|
|
|
5830
|
|
120
|
5831 (defcustom diff-switches "-c" "*A list of switches (strings) to pass to the diff program." :type '(choice string (repeat string)) :group 'diff)
|
|
104
|
5832
|
|
|
5833 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
|
|
|
5834 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
|
|
|
5835 Interactively you are prompted with the current buffer's file name for NEW
|
|
|
5836 and what appears to be its backup for OLD." t nil)
|
|
|
5837
|
|
|
5838 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
|
|
|
5839 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
|
|
|
5840 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
|
|
|
5841 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
|
|
|
5842 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
|
|
|
5843
|
|
|
5844 ;;;***
|
|
|
5845
|
|
78
|
5846 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-faces) "edit-faces" "packages/edit-faces.el")
|
|
|
5847
|
|
|
5848 (autoload 'edit-faces "edit-faces" "\
|
|
|
5849 Alter face characteristics by editing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
5850 Pops up a buffer containing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
5851
|
|
|
5852 Editing commands:
|
|
|
5853
|
|
|
5854 \\{edit-faces-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5855
|
|
|
5856 ;;;***
|
|
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 ;;;### (autoloads (report-xemacs-bug) "emacsbug" "packages/emacsbug.el")
|
|
|
5859
|
|
|
5860 (autoload 'report-xemacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
|
|
|
5861 Report a bug in XEmacs.
|
|
|
5862 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
5863
|
|
|
5864 ;;;***
|
|
|
5865
|
|
|
5866 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" "packages/emerge.el")
|
|
|
5867
|
|
|
5868 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5869 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
|
|
|
5870
|
|
|
5871 (fset 'emerge 'emerge-files)
|
|
|
5872
|
|
|
5873 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5874 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5875
|
|
|
5876 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5877 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
5878
|
|
|
5879 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5880 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5881
|
|
|
5882 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5883
|
|
|
5884 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5885
|
|
|
5886 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5887
|
|
|
5888 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5889
|
|
|
5890 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5891 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
|
|
|
5892
|
|
|
5893 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5894 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5895
|
|
|
5896 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" nil t nil)
|
|
|
5897
|
|
|
5898 ;;;***
|
|
|
5899
|
|
|
5900 ;;;### (autoloads (tags-apropos list-tags tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file find-tag-other-window find-tag visit-tags-table) "etags" "packages/etags.el")
|
|
|
5901
|
|
|
5902 (defvar tags-build-completion-table 'ask "\
|
|
|
5903 *If this variable is nil, then tags completion is disabled.
|
|
|
5904 If this variable is t, then things which prompt for tags will do so with
|
|
|
5905 completion across all known tags.
|
|
|
5906 If this variable is the symbol `ask', then you will be asked whether each
|
|
|
5907 tags table should be added to the completion list as it is read in.
|
|
|
5908 (With the exception that for very small tags tables, you will not be asked,
|
|
|
5909 since they can be parsed quickly.)")
|
|
|
5910
|
|
|
5911 (defvar tags-always-exact nil "\
|
|
|
5912 *If this variable is non-nil, then tags always looks for exact matches.")
|
|
|
5913
|
|
|
5914 (defvar tag-table-alist nil "\
|
|
|
5915 *A list which determines which tags files should be active for a
|
|
|
5916 given buffer. This is not really an association list, in that all
|
|
|
5917 elements are checked. The CAR of each element of this list is a
|
|
|
5918 pattern against which the buffer's file name is compared; if it
|
|
|
5919 matches, then the CDR of the list should be the name of the tags
|
|
|
5920 table to use. If more than one element of this list matches the
|
|
|
5921 buffer's file name, then all of the associated tags tables will be
|
|
|
5922 used. Earlier ones will be searched first.
|
|
|
5923
|
|
|
5924 If the CAR of elements of this list are strings, then they are treated
|
|
|
5925 as regular-expressions against which the file is compared (like the
|
|
|
5926 auto-mode-alist). If they are not strings, then they are evaluated.
|
|
|
5927 If they evaluate to non-nil, then the current buffer is considered to
|
|
|
5928 match.
|
|
|
5929
|
|
|
5930 If the CDR of the elements of this list are strings, then they are
|
|
|
5931 assumed to name a TAGS file. If they name a directory, then the string
|
|
|
5932 \"TAGS\" is appended to them to get the file name. If they are not
|
|
|
5933 strings, then they are evaluated, and must return an appropriate string.
|
|
|
5934
|
|
|
5935 For example:
|
|
|
5936 (setq tag-table-alist
|
|
|
5937 '((\"/usr/src/public/perl/\" . \"/usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/\")
|
|
|
5938 (\"\\\\.el$\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")
|
|
|
5939 (\"/jbw/gnu/\" . \"/usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/\")
|
|
|
5940 (\"\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")
|
|
|
5941 ))
|
|
|
5942
|
|
|
5943 This means that anything in the /usr/src/public/perl/ directory should use
|
|
|
5944 the TAGS file /usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/TAGS; and file ending in .el should
|
|
|
5945 use the TAGS file /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS; and anything in or below the
|
|
|
5946 directory /jbw/gnu/ should use the TAGS file /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS.
|
|
|
5947 A file called something like \"/usr/jbw/foo.el\" would use both the TAGS files
|
|
|
5948 /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS and /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS (in that order)
|
|
|
5949 because it matches both patterns.
|
|
|
5950
|
|
|
5951 If the buffer-local variable `buffer-tag-table' is set, then it names a tags
|
|
|
5952 table that is searched before all others when find-tag is executed from this
|
|
|
5953 buffer.
|
|
|
5954
|
|
|
5955 If there is a file called \"TAGS\" in the same directory as the file in
|
|
|
5956 question, then that tags file will always be used as well (after the
|
|
|
5957 `buffer-tag-table' but before the tables specified by this list.)
|
|
|
5958
|
|
|
5959 If the variable tags-file-name is set, then the tags file it names will apply
|
|
|
5960 to all buffers (for backwards compatibility.) It is searched first.
|
|
|
5961 ")
|
|
|
5962
|
|
|
5963 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
|
|
|
5964 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE first.
|
|
|
5965 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
|
|
|
5966 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory." t nil)
|
|
|
5967
|
|
|
5968 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
|
|
|
5969 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
5970 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in
|
|
|
5971 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
5972 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
5973 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
5974 If called interactively with a numeric argument, searches for the next tag
|
|
|
5975 in the tag table that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
5976 If second arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, uses another window to display
|
|
|
5977 the tag.
|
|
|
5978
|
|
|
5979 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
5980 and completion.
|
|
|
5981
|
|
|
5982 Variables of note:
|
|
|
5983
|
|
|
5984 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
5985 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
5986 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
5987 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
5988 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
5989 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
5990
|
|
|
5991 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
|
|
|
5992 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
5993 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in in another window
|
|
|
5994 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
5995 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
5996 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
5997 If second arg NEXT is non-nil (interactively, with prefix arg),
|
|
|
5998 searches for the next tag in the tag table
|
|
|
5999 that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
6000
|
|
|
6001 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
6002 and completion.
|
|
|
6003
|
|
|
6004 Variables of note:
|
|
|
6005
|
|
|
6006 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
6007 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
6008 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
6009 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
6010 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
6011 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
6012
|
|
|
6013 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
|
|
|
6014 Select next file among files in current tag table(s).
|
|
|
6015
|
|
|
6016 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
|
|
|
6017 beginning of the list of files in the (first) tags table. If the argument
|
|
|
6018 is neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
|
|
|
6019
|
|
|
6020 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
|
|
|
6021 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
|
|
|
6022
|
|
|
6023 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
|
|
|
6024 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
|
|
|
6025
|
|
|
6026 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
|
|
|
6027 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
|
|
|
6028 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
|
|
|
6029 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
|
|
|
6030 Two variables control the processing we do on each file:
|
|
|
6031 the value of `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file
|
|
|
6032 to see if it is interesting (it returns non-nil if so)
|
|
|
6033 and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to execute to operate on an interesting file
|
|
|
6034 If the latter returns non-nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
|
|
|
6035
|
|
|
6036 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
|
|
|
6037 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
|
|
|
6038 Stops when a match is found.
|
|
|
6039 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6040
|
|
|
6041 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6042
|
|
|
6043 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
|
|
|
6044 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
|
|
|
6045 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
|
|
|
6046 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
|
|
|
6047 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6048
|
|
|
6049 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6050
|
|
|
6051 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
|
|
|
6052 Display list of tags in file FILE.
|
|
|
6053 FILE should not contain a directory spec
|
|
|
6054 unless it has one in the tag table." t nil)
|
|
|
6055
|
|
|
6056 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
|
|
|
6057 Display list of all tags in tag table REGEXP matches." t nil)
|
|
|
6058
|
|
|
6059 ;;;***
|
|
|
6060
|
|
|
6061 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "packages/fast-lock.el")
|
|
|
6062
|
|
|
6063 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6064 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
|
|
|
6065 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6066 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
|
|
|
6067
|
|
|
6068 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
|
|
|
6069
|
|
|
6070 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
|
|
|
6071 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
|
|
|
6072 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
|
|
|
6073
|
|
|
6074 Font Lock caches may be saved:
|
|
100
|
6075 - When you save the file's buffer.
|
|
|
6076 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
|
|
|
6077 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
|
|
78
|
6078 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
|
|
|
6079 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
|
|
|
6080
|
|
|
6081 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
|
|
|
6082
|
|
|
6083 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
|
|
|
6084 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
|
|
|
6085 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
|
|
98
|
6086 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
|
|
78
|
6087
|
|
|
6088 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6089 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6090
|
|
100
|
6091 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
6092
|
|
|
6093 ;;;***
|
|
|
6094
|
|
|
6095 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "packages/feedmail.el")
|
|
|
6096
|
|
|
6097 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6098
|
|
|
6099 ;;;***
|
|
|
6100
|
|
|
6101 ;;;### (autoloads (make-file-part) "file-part" "packages/file-part.el")
|
|
|
6102
|
|
|
6103 (autoload 'make-file-part "file-part" "\
|
|
|
6104 Make a file part on buffer BUFFER out of the region. Call it NAME.
|
|
|
6105 This command creates a new buffer containing the contents of the
|
|
|
6106 region and marks the buffer as referring to the specified buffer,
|
|
|
6107 called the `master buffer'. When the file-part buffer is saved,
|
|
|
6108 its changes are integrated back into the master buffer. When the
|
|
|
6109 master buffer is deleted, all file parts are deleted with it.
|
|
|
6110
|
|
|
6111 When called from a function, expects four arguments, START, END,
|
|
|
6112 NAME, and BUFFER, all of which are optional and default to the
|
|
|
6113 beginning of BUFFER, the end of BUFFER, a name generated from
|
|
|
6114 BUFFER's name, and the current buffer, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
6115
|
|
|
6116 ;;;***
|
|
|
6117
|
|
|
6118 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer turn-off-font-lock turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "packages/font-lock.el")
|
|
|
6119
|
|
|
6120 (defvar font-lock-auto-fontify t "\
|
|
|
6121 *Whether font-lock should automatically fontify files as they're loaded.
|
|
|
6122 This will only happen if font-lock has fontifying keywords for the major
|
|
|
6123 mode of the file. You can get finer-grained control over auto-fontification
|
|
|
6124 by using this variable in combination with `font-lock-mode-enable-list' or
|
|
|
6125 `font-lock-mode-disable-list'.")
|
|
|
6126
|
|
|
6127 (defvar font-lock-mode-enable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6128 *List of modes to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is nil.")
|
|
|
6129
|
|
|
6130 (defvar font-lock-mode-disable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6131 *List of modes not to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is t.")
|
|
|
6132
|
|
|
6133 (defvar font-lock-use-colors '(color) "\
|
|
|
6134 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up color defaults.
|
|
|
6135 Normally this should be '(color), meaning that Font Lock will set up
|
|
|
6136 color defaults that are only used on color displays. Set this to nil
|
|
|
6137 if you don't want Font Lock to set up color defaults at all. This
|
|
|
6138 should be one of
|
|
|
6139
|
|
|
6140 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6141 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(color x))
|
|
|
6142 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6143 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6144 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6145 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6146
|
|
|
6147 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6148 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6149 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6150
|
|
|
6151 See also `font-lock-use-fonts'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6152 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6153 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6154
|
|
|
6155 (defvar font-lock-use-fonts '(or (mono) (grayscale)) "\
|
|
|
6156 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up non-color defaults.
|
|
|
6157
|
|
|
6158 Normally this should be '(or (mono) (grayscale)), meaning that Font
|
|
|
6159 Lock will set up non-color defaults that are only used on either mono
|
|
|
6160 or grayscale displays. Set this to nil if you don't want Font Lock to
|
|
|
6161 set up non-color defaults at all. This should be one of
|
|
|
6162
|
|
|
6163 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the non-color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6164 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(grayscale x))
|
|
|
6165 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6166 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6167 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6168 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6169
|
|
|
6170 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6171 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6172 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6173
|
|
|
6174 See also `font-lock-use-colors'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6175 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6176 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6177
|
|
|
6178 (defvar font-lock-maximum-decoration nil "\
|
|
|
6179 *If non-nil, the maximum decoration level for fontifying.
|
|
|
6180 If nil, use the minimum decoration (equivalent to level 0).
|
|
|
6181 If t, use the maximum decoration available.
|
|
|
6182 If a number, use that level of decoration (or if not available the maximum).
|
|
|
6183 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . LEVEL),
|
|
|
6184 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6185 ((c++-mode . 2) (c-mode . t) (t . 1))
|
|
|
6186 means use level 2 decoration for buffers in `c++-mode', the maximum decoration
|
|
|
6187 available for buffers in `c-mode', and level 1 decoration otherwise.")
|
|
|
6188
|
|
|
6189 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'font-lock-use-maximal-decoration 'font-lock-maximum-decoration)
|
|
|
6190
|
|
|
6191 (defvar font-lock-maximum-size (* 250 1024) "\
|
|
|
6192 *If non-nil, the maximum size for buffers for fontifying.
|
|
|
6193 Only buffers less than this can be fontified when Font Lock mode is turned on.
|
|
|
6194 If nil, means size is irrelevant.
|
|
|
6195 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . SIZE),
|
|
|
6196 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6197 ((c++-mode . 256000) (c-mode . 256000) (rmail-mode . 1048576))
|
|
|
6198 means that the maximum size is 250K for buffers in `c++-mode' or `c-mode', one
|
|
|
6199 megabyte for buffers in `rmail-mode', and size is irrelevant otherwise.")
|
|
|
6200
|
|
|
6201 (defvar font-lock-keywords nil "\
|
|
|
6202 *A list of the keywords to highlight.
|
|
|
6203 Each element should be of the form:
|
|
|
6204
|
|
|
6205 MATCHER
|
|
|
6206 (MATCHER . MATCH)
|
|
|
6207 (MATCHER . FACENAME)
|
|
|
6208 (MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
6209 (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
108
|
6210 (eval . FORM)
|
|
78
|
6211
|
|
|
6212 where HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.
|
|
|
6213
|
|
108
|
6214 FORM is an expression, whose value should be a keyword element,
|
|
|
6215 evaluated when the keyword is (first) used in a buffer. This feature
|
|
|
6216 can be used to provide a keyword that can only be generated when Font
|
|
|
6217 Lock mode is actually turned on.
|
|
|
6218
|
|
78
|
6219 For highlighting single items, typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
|
|
108
|
6220 However, if an item or (typically) items is to be highlighted following the
|
|
78
|
6221 instance of another item (the anchor) then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.
|
|
|
6222
|
|
|
6223 MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:
|
|
|
6224
|
|
|
6225 (MATCH FACENAME OVERRIDE LAXMATCH)
|
|
|
6226
|
|
102
|
6227 Where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, a variable
|
|
|
6228 containing the regexp to search for, or the function to call to make
|
|
|
6229 the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search). MATCH
|
|
|
6230 is the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted. FACENAME is either
|
|
|
6231 a symbol naming a face, or an expression whose value is the face name
|
|
|
6232 to use. If you want FACENAME to be a symbol that evaluates to a face,
|
|
|
6233 use a form like \"(progn sym)\".
|
|
78
|
6234
|
|
|
6235 OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags. If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification may
|
|
|
6236 be overwritten. If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
|
|
|
6237 If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
|
|
|
6238 which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
|
|
|
6239 If LAXMATCH is non-nil, no error is signalled if there is no MATCH in MATCHER.
|
|
|
6240
|
|
|
6241 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6242
|
|
|
6243 \"\\\\\\=<foo\\\\\\=>\" Discrete occurrences of \"foo\" in the value of the
|
|
|
6244 variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6245 (\"fu\\\\(bar\\\\)\" . 1) Substring \"bar\" within all occurrences of \"fubar\" in
|
|
|
6246 the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6247 (\"fubar\" . fubar-face) Occurrences of \"fubar\" in the value of `fubar-face'.
|
|
|
6248 (\"foo\\\\|bar\" 0 foo-bar-face t)
|
|
|
6249 Occurrences of either \"foo\" or \"bar\" in the value
|
|
|
6250 of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
|
|
|
6251
|
|
|
6252 MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:
|
|
|
6253
|
|
|
6254 (MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
|
6255
|
|
|
6256 Where MATCHER is as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT with one exception. The limit of the
|
|
|
6257 search is currently guaranteed to be (no greater than) the end of the line.
|
|
|
6258 PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
|
|
|
6259 the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used. Therefore they can be
|
|
|
6260 used to initialise before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used. Typically,
|
|
|
6261 PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
|
|
|
6262 MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER. POST-MATCH-FORM might
|
|
|
6263 be used to move, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.
|
|
|
6264
|
|
|
6265 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6266
|
|
|
6267 (\"\\\\\\=<anchor\\\\\\=>\" (0 anchor-face) (\"\\\\\\=<item\\\\\\=>\" nil nil (0 item-face)))
|
|
|
6268
|
|
|
6269 Discrete occurrences of \"anchor\" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
|
|
|
6270 discrete occurrences of \"item\" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
|
|
|
6271 (Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil. Therefore \"item\" is
|
|
|
6272 initially searched for starting from the end of the match of \"anchor\", and
|
|
|
6273 searching for subsequent instance of \"anchor\" resumes from where searching
|
|
|
6274 for \"item\" concluded.)
|
|
|
6275
|
|
|
6276 Note that the MATCH-ANCHORED feature is experimental; in the future, we may
|
|
|
6277 replace it with other ways of providing this functionality.
|
|
|
6278
|
|
|
6279 These regular expressions should not match text which spans lines. While
|
|
|
6280 \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] handles multi-line patterns correctly, updating
|
|
|
6281 when you edit the buffer does not, since it considers text one line at a time.
|
|
|
6282
|
|
|
6283 Be very careful composing regexps for this list;
|
|
|
6284 the wrong pattern can dramatically slow things down!")
|
|
|
6285
|
|
|
6286 (make-variable-buffer-local 'font-lock-keywords)
|
|
|
6287
|
|
|
6288 (defvar font-lock-mode nil)
|
|
|
6289
|
|
|
6290 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
|
|
|
6291 Function or functions to run on entry to font-lock-mode.")
|
|
|
6292
|
|
|
6293 (autoload 'font-lock-mode "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6294 Toggle Font Lock Mode.
|
|
|
6295 With arg, turn font-lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
6296
|
|
|
6297 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
|
|
|
6298
|
|
|
6299 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
|
|
|
6300 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
|
|
|
6301 - Documentation strings (in Lisp-like languages) are displayed in
|
|
|
6302 `font-lock-doc-string-face';
|
|
|
6303 - Language keywords (\"reserved words\") are displayed in
|
|
|
6304 `font-lock-keyword-face';
|
|
|
6305 - Function names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6306 `font-lock-function-name-face';
|
|
|
6307 - Variable names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6308 `font-lock-variable-name-face';
|
|
|
6309 - Type names are displayed in `font-lock-type-face';
|
|
|
6310 - References appearing in help files and the like are displayed
|
|
|
6311 in `font-lock-reference-face';
|
|
|
6312 - Preprocessor declarations are displayed in
|
|
|
6313 `font-lock-preprocessor-face';
|
|
|
6314
|
|
|
6315 and
|
|
|
6316
|
|
|
6317 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according
|
|
|
6318 to the value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
|
|
|
6319
|
|
|
6320 Where modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
|
|
|
6321 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
|
|
|
6322 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
|
|
|
6323 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
|
|
|
6324 To fontify a buffer without turning on Font Lock mode, and regardless of buffer
|
|
|
6325 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
|
|
|
6326
|
|
|
6327 See the variable `font-lock-keywords' for customization." t nil)
|
|
|
6328
|
|
|
6329 (autoload 'turn-on-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6330 Unconditionally turn on Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6331
|
|
|
6332 (autoload 'turn-off-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6333 Unconditionally turn off Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6334
|
|
|
6335 (autoload 'font-lock-fontify-buffer "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6336 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would.
|
|
|
6337 See `font-lock-mode' for details.
|
|
|
6338
|
|
|
6339 This can take a while for large buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6340
|
|
|
6341 (add-minor-mode 'font-lock-mode " Font")
|
|
|
6342
|
|
|
6343 ;;;***
|
|
|
6344
|
|
|
6345 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-mode) "generic-sc" "packages/generic-sc.el")
|
|
|
6346
|
|
|
6347 (autoload 'sc-mode "generic-sc" "\
|
|
|
6348 Toggle sc-mode.
|
|
|
6349 SYSTEM can be sccs, rcs or cvs.
|
|
|
6350 Cvs requires the pcl-cvs package.
|
|
|
6351
|
|
|
6352 The following commands are available
|
|
|
6353 \\[sc-next-operation] perform next logical source control operation on current file
|
|
|
6354 \\[sc-show-changes] compare the version being edited with an older one
|
|
|
6355 \\[sc-version-diff-file] compare two older versions of a file
|
|
|
6356 \\[sc-show-history] display change history of current file
|
|
|
6357 \\[sc-visit-previous-revision] display an older revision of current file
|
|
|
6358 \\[sc-revert-file] revert buffer to last checked-in version
|
|
|
6359 \\[sc-list-all-locked-files] show all files locked in current directory
|
|
|
6360 \\[sc-list-locked-files] show all files locked by you in current directory
|
|
|
6361 \\[sc-list-registered-files] show all files under source control in current directory
|
|
|
6362 \\[sc-update-directory] get fresh copies of files checked-in by others in current directory
|
|
|
6363 \\[sc-rename-file] rename the current file and its source control file
|
|
|
6364
|
|
|
6365
|
|
|
6366 While you are entering a change log message for a check in, sc-log-entry-mode
|
|
|
6367 will be in effect.
|
|
|
6368
|
|
|
6369 Global user options:
|
|
|
6370 sc-diff-command A list consisting of the command and flags
|
|
|
6371 to be used for generating context diffs.
|
|
|
6372 sc-mode-expert suppresses some conformation prompts,
|
|
|
6373 notably for delta aborts and file saves.
|
|
|
6374 sc-max-log-size specifies the maximum allowable size
|
|
|
6375 of a log message plus one.
|
|
|
6376
|
|
|
6377
|
|
|
6378 When using SCCS you have additional commands and options
|
|
|
6379
|
|
|
6380 \\[sccs-insert-headers] insert source control headers in current file
|
|
|
6381
|
|
|
6382 When you generate headers into a buffer using \\[sccs-insert-headers],
|
|
|
6383 the value of sc-insert-headers-hook is called before insertion. If the
|
|
|
6384 file is recognized a C or Lisp source, sc-insert-c-header-hook or
|
|
|
6385 sc-insert-lisp-header-hook is called after insertion respectively.
|
|
|
6386
|
|
|
6387 sccs-headers-wanted which %-keywords to insert when adding
|
|
|
6388 headers with C-c h
|
|
|
6389 sccs-insert-static if non-nil, keywords inserted in C files
|
|
|
6390 get stuffed in a static string area so that
|
|
|
6391 what(1) can see them in the compiled object code.
|
|
|
6392
|
|
|
6393 When using CVS you have additional commands
|
|
|
6394
|
|
|
6395 \\[sc-cvs-update-directory] update the current directory using pcl-cvs
|
|
|
6396 \\[sc-cvs-file-status] show the CVS status of current file
|
|
|
6397 " t nil)
|
|
|
6398
|
|
|
6399 ;;;***
|
|
|
6400
|
|
|
6401 ;;;### (autoloads (gnuserv-start) "gnuserv" "packages/gnuserv.el")
|
|
|
6402
|
|
|
6403 (defvar gnuserv-frame nil "\
|
|
|
6404 *If non-nil, the frame to be used to display all edited files.
|
|
|
6405 If nil, then a new frame is created for each file edited.
|
|
|
6406 This variable has no effect in XEmacs versions older than 19.9.")
|
|
|
6407
|
|
|
6408 (autoload 'gnuserv-start "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6409 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
|
|
|
6410 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
|
|
|
6411 client \"editors\" (gnuclient and gnudoit) can send editing commands to
|
|
|
6412 this Emacs job. See the gnuserv(1) manual page for more details.
|
|
|
6413
|
|
|
6414 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
|
|
|
6415
|
|
|
6416 ;;;***
|
|
|
6417
|
|
|
6418 ;;;### (autoloads (gopher-atpoint gopher) "gopher" "packages/gopher.el")
|
|
|
6419
|
|
|
6420 (autoload 'gopher "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6421 Start a gopher session. With C-u, prompt for a gopher server." t nil)
|
|
|
6422
|
|
|
6423 (autoload 'gopher-atpoint "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6424 Try to interpret the text around point as a gopher bookmark, and dispatch
|
|
|
6425 to that object." t nil)
|
|
|
6426
|
|
|
6427 ;;;***
|
|
|
6428
|
|
|
6429 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" "packages/hexl.el")
|
|
|
6430
|
|
|
6431 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6432 \\<hexl-mode-map>
|
|
|
6433 A major mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
|
|
|
6434
|
|
|
6435 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
|
|
|
6436 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
|
|
|
6437
|
|
|
6438 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
|
|
|
6439 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
|
|
|
6440 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6441 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
|
|
|
6442
|
|
|
6443 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
|
|
|
6444 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
|
|
|
6445 periods.
|
|
|
6446
|
|
|
6447 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
|
|
|
6448 in hexl format.
|
|
|
6449
|
|
|
6450 A sample format:
|
|
|
6451
|
|
|
6452 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
|
|
|
6453 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
|
|
|
6454 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
|
|
|
6455 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
|
|
|
6456 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
|
|
|
6457 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6458 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
|
|
|
6459 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
|
|
|
6460 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
|
|
|
6461 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
|
|
|
6462 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
|
|
|
6463 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
|
|
|
6464 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
|
|
|
6465 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
|
|
|
6466 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
|
|
|
6467
|
|
|
6468 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
|
|
|
6469 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
|
|
|
6470 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
|
|
|
6471
|
|
|
6472 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
|
|
|
6473 also supported.
|
|
|
6474
|
|
|
6475 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
|
|
|
6476
|
|
|
6477 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
|
|
|
6478 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
|
|
|
6479 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
|
|
|
6480
|
|
|
6481 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
|
|
|
6482 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
|
|
|
6483 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
|
|
|
6484
|
|
|
6485 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
|
|
|
6486 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6487
|
|
|
6488 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
|
|
|
6489 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6490
|
|
|
6491 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
|
|
|
6492 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6493
|
|
|
6494 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6495
|
|
|
6496 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
|
|
|
6497 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
|
|
|
6498
|
|
|
6499 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6500
|
|
|
6501 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
|
|
|
6502
|
|
|
6503 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6504 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6505 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
|
|
|
6506
|
|
|
6507 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6508 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
|
|
|
6509 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
|
|
|
6510
|
|
|
6511 ;;;***
|
|
|
6512
|
|
108
|
6513 ;;;### (autoloads (hypropos-popup-menu hypropos-set-variable hyper-set-variable hypropos-get-doc hypropos-read-variable-symbol hyper-describe-function hyper-describe-variable hyper-describe-face hyper-describe-key-briefly hyper-describe-key hyper-apropos) "hyper-apropos" "packages/hyper-apropos.el")
|
|
78
|
6514
|
|
134
|
6515 (defcustom hypropos-show-brief-docs t "*If non-nil, `hyper-apropos' will display some documentation in the\n\"*Hyper Apropos*\" buffer. Setting this to nil will speed up searches." :type 'boolean :group 'hyper-apropos)
|
|
78
|
6516
|
|
|
6517 (autoload 'hyper-apropos "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6518 Display lists of functions and variables matching REGEXP
|
|
|
6519 in buffer \"*Hyper Apropos*\". If optional prefix arg is given, then the value
|
|
|
6520 of `hypropos-programming-apropos' is toggled for this search.
|
|
|
6521 See also `hyper-apropos-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
6522
|
|
108
|
6523 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6524
|
|
|
6525 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key-briefly "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6526
|
|
|
6527 (autoload 'hyper-describe-face "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6528 Describe face..
|
|
|
6529 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6530
|
|
78
|
6531 (autoload 'hyper-describe-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6532 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6533 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6534
|
|
|
6535 (autoload 'hyper-describe-function "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6536 Hypertext replacement for `describe-function'. Unlike `describe-function'
|
|
|
6537 in that the symbol under the cursor is the default if it is a function.
|
|
|
6538 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-variable'." t nil)
|
|
|
6539
|
|
108
|
6540 (autoload 'hypropos-read-variable-symbol "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6541 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6542 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6543
|
|
|
6544 (autoload 'hypropos-get-doc "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6545 Toggle display of documentation for the symbol on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6546
|
|
|
6547 (autoload 'hyper-set-variable "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6548
|
|
78
|
6549 (autoload 'hypropos-set-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6550 Interactively set the variable on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6551
|
|
|
6552 (autoload 'hypropos-popup-menu "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6553
|
|
|
6554 ;;;***
|
|
|
6555
|
|
|
6556 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "packages/icomplete.el")
|
|
|
6557
|
|
|
6558 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6559 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this emacs session,
|
|
|
6560 or deactivate with negative prefix arg." t nil)
|
|
|
6561
|
|
|
6562 (autoload 'icomplete-minibuffer-setup "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6563 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
|
|
|
6564 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6565
|
|
|
6566 ;;;***
|
|
|
6567
|
|
100
|
6568 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-igrep-find dired-do-igrep igrep-find-define igrep-find igrep-define igrep) "igrep" "packages/igrep.el")
|
|
|
6569
|
|
|
6570 (autoload 'igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6571 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION in FILES.
|
|
|
6572 The output is displayed in the *igrep* buffer, which \\[next-error] and
|
|
|
6573 \\[compile-goto-error] parse to find each line of matched text.
|
|
|
6574
|
|
|
6575 PROGRAM may be nil, in which case it defaults to `igrep-program'.
|
|
|
6576
|
|
|
6577 EXPRESSION is automatically delimited by `igrep-expression-quote-char'.
|
|
|
6578
|
|
|
6579 FILES is either a file name pattern (expanded by the shell named by
|
|
|
6580 `shell-file-name') or a list of file name patterns.
|
|
|
6581
|
|
|
6582 Optional OPTIONS is also passed to PROGRAM; it defaults to `igrep-options'.
|
|
|
6583
|
|
|
6584 If a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) is given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6585 or if `igrep-read-options' is set, OPTIONS is read from the minibuffer.
|
|
|
6586
|
|
|
6587 If two prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6588 or if `igrep-read-multiple-files' is set, FILES is read from the minibuffer
|
|
|
6589 multiple times.
|
|
|
6590
|
|
|
6591 If three prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6592 or if `igrep-read-options' and `igrep-read-multiple-files' are set,
|
|
|
6593 OPTIONS is read and FILES is read multiple times.
|
|
|
6594
|
|
|
6595 If `igrep-find' is non-nil, the directory or directories
|
|
|
6596 containing FILES is recursively searched for files whose name matches
|
|
|
6597 the file name component of FILES (and whose contents match
|
|
|
6598 EXPRESSION)." t nil)
|
|
|
6599
|
|
|
6600 (autoload 'igrep-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6601 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND as an `igrep' analogue command.
|
|
|
6602 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6603
|
|
|
6604 (autoload 'igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6605 *Run `grep` via `find`; see \\[igrep] and `igrep-find'.
|
|
|
6606 All arguments (including prefix arguments, when called interactively)
|
|
|
6607 are handled by `igrep'." t nil)
|
|
|
6608
|
|
|
6609 (autoload 'igrep-find-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6610 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND-find as an `igrep' analogue `find` command.
|
|
|
6611 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6612
|
|
|
6613 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6614 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6615 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) files." t nil)
|
|
|
6616
|
|
|
6617 (defalias 'dired-do-grep 'dired-do-igrep)
|
|
|
6618
|
|
|
6619 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6620 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6621 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) directories." t nil)
|
|
|
6622
|
|
|
6623 (defalias 'dired-do-grep-find 'dired-do-igrep-find)
|
|
|
6624
|
|
|
6625 ;;;***
|
|
|
6626
|
|
78
|
6627 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-elisp-ref Info-emacs-key Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-emacs-command Info-search Info-visit-file Info-goto-node Info-query info) "info" "packages/info.el")
|
|
|
6628
|
|
|
6629 (autoload 'info "info" "\
|
|
|
6630 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
|
|
|
6631 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
|
|
|
6632 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
|
|
|
6633
|
|
|
6634 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
|
|
|
6635 to read a file name from the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6636
|
|
|
6637 (autoload 'Info-query "info" "\
|
|
|
6638 Enter Info, the documentation browser. Prompt for name of Info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6639
|
|
|
6640 (autoload 'Info-goto-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6641 Go to info node named NAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
|
|
|
6642 Actually, the following interpretations of NAME are tried in order:
|
|
|
6643 (FILENAME)NODENAME
|
|
|
6644 (FILENAME) (using Top node)
|
|
|
6645 NODENAME (in current file)
|
|
|
6646 TAGNAME (see below)
|
|
|
6647 FILENAME (using Top node)
|
|
|
6648 where TAGNAME is a string that appears in quotes: \"TAGNAME\", in an
|
|
|
6649 annotation for any node of any file. (See `a' and `x' commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
6650
|
|
|
6651 (autoload 'Info-visit-file "info" "\
|
|
|
6652 Directly visit an info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6653
|
|
|
6654 (autoload 'Info-search "info" "\
|
|
|
6655 Search for REGEXP, starting from point, and select node it's found in." t nil)
|
|
|
6656
|
|
|
6657 (autoload 'Info-emacs-command "info" "\
|
|
|
6658 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6659 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6660
|
|
|
6661 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6662 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6663 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6664
|
|
|
6665 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6666 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6667 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6668
|
|
|
6669 (autoload 'Info-emacs-key "info" "\
|
|
|
6670 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6671 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6672
|
|
|
6673 (autoload 'Info-elisp-ref "info" "\
|
|
|
6674 Look up an Emacs Lisp function in the Elisp manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6675 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6676
|
|
|
6677 ;;;***
|
|
|
6678
|
|
|
6679 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) "informat" "packages/informat.el")
|
|
|
6680
|
|
|
6681 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
|
|
|
6682 Create or update Info-file tag table in current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6683
|
|
|
6684 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
|
|
|
6685 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
|
|
|
6686 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
|
|
|
6687
|
|
|
6688 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
|
|
|
6689 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
|
|
|
6690 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
|
|
|
6691
|
|
|
6692 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
|
|
|
6693 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
|
|
|
6694 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
|
|
|
6695 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
|
|
|
6696
|
|
|
6697 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6698 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
|
|
|
6699 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
|
|
|
6700
|
|
|
6701 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6702 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
6703 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
6704 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
6705 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
6706
|
|
|
6707 ;;;***
|
|
|
6708
|
|
|
6709 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-word) "ispell" "packages/ispell.el")
|
|
|
6710
|
|
120
|
6711 (defcustom ispell-personal-dictionary nil "*File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.\nIf nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,\nwhere DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary." :type 'file :group 'ispell)
|
|
78
|
6712
|
|
80
|
6713 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex") ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[^a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1") ("nederlands" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil)))
|
|
|
6714
|
|
126
|
6715 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("svenska" "[A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[^A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil) ("svenska8" "[A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[^A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "svenska") "~list") ("norsk" "[A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[^A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "norsk") "~list") ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil) ("francais" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[---']" t nil "~list") ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex") ("italiano" "[A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[^A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[']" t ("-d" "italiano") "~list") ("dansk" "[A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "[^A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "" nil ("-C") nil)))
|
|
78
|
6716
|
|
|
6717 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2) "\
|
|
|
6718 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
|
|
|
6719
|
|
|
6720 Each element of this list is also a list:
|
|
|
6721
|
|
|
6722 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
|
|
|
6723 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE)
|
|
|
6724
|
|
|
6725 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible value of variable `ispell-dictionary', nil
|
|
|
6726 means the default dictionary.
|
|
|
6727
|
|
|
6728 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
|
|
|
6729 word.
|
|
|
6730
|
|
|
6731 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
|
|
|
6732
|
|
|
6733 OTHERCHARS is a regular expression of other characters that are valid
|
|
|
6734 in word constructs. Otherchars cannot be adjacent to each other in a
|
|
|
6735 word, nor can they begin or end a word. This implies we can't check
|
|
|
6736 \"Stevens'\" as a correct possessive and other correct formations.
|
|
|
6737
|
|
|
6738 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
|
|
|
6739
|
|
|
6740 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil if many otherchars are to be allowed in a
|
|
|
6741 word instead of only one.
|
|
|
6742
|
|
|
6743 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
|
|
|
6744 subprocess.
|
|
|
6745
|
|
|
6746 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
|
|
|
6747 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
|
|
|
6748 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
|
|
|
6749 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
|
|
|
6750 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
|
|
|
6751 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
|
|
|
6752 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
|
|
|
6753 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
|
|
|
6754
|
|
|
6755 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
|
|
|
6756 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
|
|
|
6757 language.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
|
|
|
6758
|
|
|
6759 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
|
|
|
6760 Key map for ispell menu")
|
|
|
6761
|
|
|
6762 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
|
|
|
6763 Spelling menu for XEmacs.")
|
|
|
6764
|
|
|
6765 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (string-lessp "19" emacs-version) (not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version))))
|
|
|
6766
|
|
|
6767 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list 'lambda nil '(interactive) (list 'ispell-change-dictionary name))))))))
|
|
|
6768
|
|
|
6769 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))
|
|
|
6770
|
|
|
6771 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '("Continue Check" . ispell-continue)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '("Check Word" . ispell-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '("Check Region" . ispell-region)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))
|
|
|
6772
|
|
|
6773 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '("Check Message" . ispell-message)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help))) (put 'ispell-region 'menu-enable 'mark-active) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
|
|
|
6774
|
|
|
6775 (defvar ispell-local-pdict ispell-personal-dictionary "\
|
|
|
6776 A buffer local variable containing the current personal dictionary.
|
|
|
6777 If non-nil, the value must be a string, which is a file name.
|
|
|
6778
|
|
|
6779 If you specify a personal dictionary for the current buffer which is
|
|
|
6780 different from the current personal dictionary, the effect is similar
|
|
|
6781 to calling \\[ispell-change-dictionary]. This variable is automatically
|
|
|
6782 set when defined in the file with either `ispell-pdict-keyword' or the
|
|
|
6783 local variable syntax.")
|
|
|
6784
|
|
|
6785 (define-key global-map [(meta ?\$)] 'ispell-word)
|
|
|
6786
|
|
|
6787 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6788 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
|
|
|
6789 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
|
|
|
6790 in a window allowing you to choose one.
|
|
|
6791
|
|
|
6792 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
|
|
|
6793 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
|
|
|
6794
|
|
|
6795 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
|
|
|
6796 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
|
|
|
6797 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
|
|
|
6798 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
|
|
|
6799 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
|
|
|
6800
|
|
|
6801 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
|
|
|
6802
|
|
|
6803 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
|
|
|
6804 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
|
|
|
6805
|
|
|
6806 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6807 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
|
|
|
6808
|
|
|
6809 Selections are:
|
|
|
6810
|
|
|
6811 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
|
|
|
6812 SPC: Accept word this time.
|
|
|
6813 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
|
|
|
6814 `a': Accept word for this session.
|
|
|
6815 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
|
|
|
6816 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6817 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6818 `?': Show these commands.
|
|
|
6819 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
|
|
|
6820 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
|
|
|
6821 the aborted check to be completed later.
|
|
|
6822 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
|
|
|
6823 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
|
|
|
6824 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
|
|
|
6825 `m': Like `i', but allows one to include dictionary completion information.
|
|
|
6826 `C-l': redraws screen
|
|
|
6827 `C-r': recursive edit
|
|
|
6828 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
|
|
|
6829
|
|
|
6830 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6831 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
|
|
|
6832 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
|
|
|
6833
|
|
|
6834 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6835 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) and kill old Ispell process.
|
|
|
6836 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
|
|
|
6837
|
|
|
6838 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
|
|
|
6839
|
|
|
6840 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
|
|
|
6841
|
|
|
6842 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6843 Interactively check a region for spelling errors." t nil)
|
|
|
6844
|
|
|
6845 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6846 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
6847
|
|
|
6848 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6849
|
|
|
6850 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6851 Look up word before or under point in dictionary (see lookup-words command)
|
|
|
6852 and try to complete it. If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word
|
|
|
6853 may be a character sequence inside of a word.
|
|
|
6854
|
|
|
6855 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
|
|
|
6856
|
|
|
6857 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6858 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
|
|
|
6859
|
|
|
6860 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6861 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
|
|
|
6862 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
|
|
|
6863
|
|
|
6864 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
|
|
|
6865 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled." t nil)
|
|
|
6866
|
|
|
6867 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6868 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
|
|
|
6869 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
|
|
|
6870 Don't check included messages.
|
|
|
6871
|
|
|
6872 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
|
|
|
6873 use the `x' or `q' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
|
|
|
6874 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
|
|
|
6875
|
|
|
6876 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
|
|
|
6877 in your .emacs file:
|
|
|
6878 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6879 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6880 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6881
|
|
|
6882 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
|
|
|
6883 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
|
|
|
6884 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
|
|
|
6885
|
|
|
6886 ;;;***
|
|
|
6887
|
|
|
6888 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-install toggle-auto-compression jka-compr-load) "jka-compr" "packages/jka-compr.el")
|
|
|
6889
|
|
|
6890 (autoload 'jka-compr-load "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6891 Documented as original." nil nil)
|
|
|
6892
|
|
|
6893 (autoload 'toggle-auto-compression "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6894 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
|
|
|
6895 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
|
|
|
6896 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
|
|
|
6897 If the argument MESSAGE is non-nil, it means to print a message
|
|
|
6898 saying whether the mode is now on or off." t nil)
|
|
|
6899
|
|
|
6900 (autoload 'jka-compr-install "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6901 Install jka-compr.
|
|
|
6902 This adds entries to `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
|
|
|
6903 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6904
|
|
|
6905 ;;;***
|
|
|
6906
|
|
|
6907 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "packages/lazy-lock.el")
|
|
|
6908
|
|
|
6909 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
6910 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
|
|
|
6911 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6912 is at least `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters long.
|
|
|
6913
|
|
|
6914 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification is demand-driven and stealthy:
|
|
|
6915
|
|
|
6916 - Fontification occurs in visible parts of buffers when necessary.
|
|
|
6917 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-continuity-time'.
|
|
|
6918
|
|
|
6919 - Fontification occurs in invisible parts when Emacs has been idle.
|
|
|
6920 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-stealth-time'.
|
|
|
6921
|
|
|
6922 If `lazy-lock-hide-invisible' is non-nil, text is not displayed until it is
|
|
|
6923 fontified, otherwise it is displayed in `lazy-lock-invisible-foreground'.
|
|
|
6924
|
|
|
6925 See also variables `lazy-lock-walk-windows' and `lazy-lock-ignore-commands' for
|
|
|
6926 window (scroll) fontification, and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines',
|
|
|
6927 `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose' for stealth
|
|
|
6928 fontification.
|
|
|
6929
|
|
|
6930 Use \\[lazy-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
|
|
|
6931
|
|
|
6932 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
6933 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6934
|
|
100
|
6935 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar lazy-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'lazy-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
6936
|
|
|
6937 ;;;***
|
|
|
6938
|
|
|
6939 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "packages/ledit.el")
|
|
|
6940
|
|
|
6941 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
|
|
|
6942 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
|
|
|
6943
|
|
|
6944 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
|
|
|
6945 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
|
|
|
6946
|
|
|
6947 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
|
|
|
6948 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
|
|
|
6949
|
|
|
6950 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
|
|
|
6951 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
|
|
|
6952 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
|
|
|
6953 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
|
|
|
6954 for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
6955 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
6956 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
6957 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
|
|
|
6958 and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
6959 \\{ledit-mode-map}
|
|
|
6960 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
|
|
|
6961 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
|
|
|
6962
|
|
|
6963 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6964
|
|
|
6965 ;;;***
|
|
|
6966
|
|
|
6967 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer) "lpr" "packages/lpr.el")
|
|
|
6968
|
|
134
|
6969 (defcustom lpr-switches nil "*List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.\nSee `lpr-command'." :type '(repeat (string :tag "Argument")) :group 'lpr)
|
|
|
6970
|
|
|
6971 (defcustom lpr-command (if (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)) "lp" "lpr") "*Name of program for printing a file." :type 'string :group 'lpr)
|
|
78
|
6972
|
|
|
6973 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6974 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
6975 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6976
|
|
|
6977 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6978 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
6979 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6980
|
|
|
6981 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6982 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
6983 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6984
|
|
|
6985 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6986 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
6987 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6988
|
|
|
6989 ;;;***
|
|
|
6990
|
|
|
6991 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "packages/makesum.el")
|
|
|
6992
|
|
|
6993 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
|
|
|
6994 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
|
|
|
6995 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
|
|
|
6996
|
|
|
6997 ;;;***
|
|
|
6998
|
|
|
6999 ;;;### (autoloads (manual-entry) "man" "packages/man.el")
|
|
|
7000
|
|
|
7001 (autoload 'manual-entry "man" "\
|
|
100
|
7002 Display the Unix manual entry (or entries) for TOPIC." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7003
|
|
|
7004 ;;;***
|
|
|
7005
|
|
|
7006 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "packages/metamail.el")
|
|
|
7007
|
|
|
7008 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7009 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
7010 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
7011
|
|
|
7012 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7013 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
7014 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7015 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7016 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7017 redisplayed as output is inserted.
|
|
|
7018 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
7019
|
|
|
7020 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7021 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
|
|
|
7022 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7023 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7024 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
7025 means current).
|
|
|
7026 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7027 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
7028
|
|
|
7029 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7030 Process current region through 'metamail'.
|
|
|
7031 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7032 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7033 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
7034 means current).
|
|
|
7035 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7036 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
7037
|
|
|
7038 ;;;***
|
|
|
7039
|
|
|
7040 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-paren paren-set-mode) "paren" "packages/paren.el")
|
|
|
7041
|
|
126
|
7042 (defcustom paren-mode nil "*Sets the style of parenthesis highlighting.\nValid values are nil, `blink-paren', `paren', and `sexp'.\n nil no parenthesis highlighting.\n blink-paren causes the matching paren to blink.\n paren causes the matching paren to be highlighted but not to blink.\n sexp whole expression enclosed by the local paren at its mate.\n nested (not yet implemented) use variable shading to see the\n nesting of an expression. Also groks regular expressions\n and shell quoting.\n\nThis variable is global by default, but you can make it buffer-local and\nhighlight parentheses differently in different major modes." :type '(radio (const nil) (const blink-paren) (const paren) (const sexp) (const nested)) :group 'paren-matching)
|
|
78
|
7043
|
|
|
7044 (autoload 'paren-set-mode "paren" "\
|
|
|
7045 Cycles through possible values for `paren-mode', force off with negative arg.
|
|
108
|
7046 When called from lisp, a symbolic value for `paren-mode' can be passed directly.
|
|
78
|
7047 See also `paren-mode' and `paren-highlight'." t nil)
|
|
|
7048
|
|
|
7049 (make-obsolete 'blink-paren 'paren-set-mode)
|
|
|
7050
|
|
|
7051 (autoload 'blink-paren "paren" "\
|
|
|
7052 Obsolete. Use `paren-set-mode' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
7053
|
|
|
7054 ;;;***
|
|
|
7055
|
|
|
7056 ;;;### (autoloads (pending-delete pending-delete-off pending-delete-on) "pending-del" "packages/pending-del.el")
|
|
|
7057
|
|
|
7058 (autoload 'pending-delete-on "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7059 Turn on pending delete.
|
|
|
7060 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7061 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7062
|
|
|
7063 (autoload 'pending-delete-off "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7064 Turn off pending delete.
|
|
|
7065 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7066 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7067
|
|
|
7068 (autoload 'pending-delete "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7069 Toggle automatic deletion of the selected region.
|
|
|
7070 With a positive argument, turns it on.
|
|
|
7071 With a non-positive argument, turns it off.
|
|
|
7072 When active, typed text replaces the selection." t nil)
|
|
|
7073
|
|
|
7074 ;;;***
|
|
|
7075
|
|
82
|
7076 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "packages/ps-print.el")
|
|
|
7077
|
|
124
|
7078 (defcustom ps-paper-type 'letter "*Specifies the size of paper to format for.\nShould be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for\nexample `letter', `legal' or `a4'." :type '(symbol :validate (lambda (wid) (if (assq (widget-value wid) ps-page-dimensions-database) nil (widget-put wid :error "Unknown paper size") wid))) :group 'ps-print)
|
|
|
7079
|
|
|
7080 (defcustom ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "*If non-nil, print the buffer's text in color." :type 'boolean :group 'ps-print-color)
|
|
78
|
7081
|
|
|
7082 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7083 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7084
|
|
|
7085 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
|
|
|
7086 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7087 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7088
|
|
|
7089 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7090 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7091 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7092 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7093
|
|
|
7094 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7095 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7096 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7097 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7098 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7099
|
|
|
7100 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7101 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7102 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
|
|
|
7103
|
|
|
7104 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7105 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7106 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7107 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7108 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7109
|
|
|
7110 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7111 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7112 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
|
|
|
7113 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
|
|
|
7114
|
|
|
7115 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7116
|
|
|
7117 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7118 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7119 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7120 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7121 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7122
|
|
|
7123 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7124
|
|
|
7125 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7126 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7127 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
|
|
|
7128
|
|
|
7129 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7130
|
|
|
7131 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7132 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7133 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7134 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7135 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7136
|
|
|
7137 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7138
|
|
|
7139 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7140 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
|
|
|
7141
|
|
|
7142 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompt the user for
|
|
|
7143 the name of a file to save the spooled PostScript in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7144 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7145
|
|
|
7146 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7147 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7148 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7149 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7150
|
|
82
|
7151 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7152 *Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
|
|
82
|
7153 using the current ps-print setup.
|
|
|
7154 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
|
|
|
7155 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
|
|
|
7156
|
|
|
7157 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7158 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7159 of pages the current buffer would require to print
|
|
|
7160 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7161
|
|
|
7162 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7163 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7164 of pages the current region would require to print
|
|
|
7165 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7166
|
|
|
7167 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7168 *Return the current setup" nil nil)
|
|
|
7169
|
|
78
|
7170 ;;;***
|
|
|
7171
|
|
|
7172 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "packages/rcompile.el")
|
|
|
7173
|
|
|
7174 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
|
|
|
7175 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
|
|
|
7176 See \\[compile]." t nil)
|
|
|
7177
|
|
|
7178 ;;;***
|
|
|
7179
|
|
|
7180 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "packages/resume.el")
|
|
|
7181
|
|
|
7182 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
|
|
|
7183 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
|
|
|
7184
|
|
|
7185 ;;;***
|
|
|
7186
|
|
|
7187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "packages/server.el")
|
|
|
7188
|
|
|
7189 (make-obsolete 'server-start 'gnuserv-start)
|
|
|
7190
|
|
|
7191 ;;;***
|
|
|
7192
|
|
|
7193 ;;;### (autoloads (install-shell-fonts) "shell-font" "packages/shell-font.el")
|
|
|
7194
|
|
|
7195 (autoload 'install-shell-fonts "shell-font" "\
|
|
|
7196 Decorate the current interaction buffer with fonts.
|
|
|
7197 This uses the faces called `shell-prompt', `shell-input' and `shell-output';
|
|
|
7198 you can alter the graphical attributes of those with the normal
|
|
|
7199 face-manipulation functions." nil nil)
|
|
|
7200
|
|
|
7201 ;;;***
|
|
|
7202
|
|
|
7203 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) "spell" "packages/spell.el")
|
|
|
7204
|
|
|
7205 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
7206
|
|
|
7207 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
|
|
|
7208 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
|
|
|
7209 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7210 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
|
|
|
7211 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
|
|
|
7212 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
|
|
|
7213
|
|
|
7214 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
|
|
|
7215 Check spelling of word at or before point.
|
|
|
7216 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7217 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
|
|
|
7218
|
|
|
7219 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
|
|
|
7220 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
|
|
|
7221 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
|
|
|
7222 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
|
|
|
7223 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
|
|
|
7224
|
|
|
7225 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
|
|
|
7226 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
|
|
|
7227
|
|
|
7228 ;;;***
|
|
|
7229
|
|
|
7230 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "packages/tar-mode.el")
|
|
|
7231
|
|
|
7232 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
|
|
|
7233 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
|
|
|
7234 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
7235 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
7236 Type 'e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer.
|
|
|
7237 Type 'c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
|
|
|
7238
|
|
|
7239 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the 'e' command) and
|
|
|
7240 save it with Control-X Control-S, the contents of that buffer will be
|
|
|
7241 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
|
|
|
7242 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
|
|
|
7243
|
|
|
7244 See also: variables tar-update-datestamp and tar-anal-blocksize.
|
|
|
7245 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
7246
|
|
|
7247 ;;;***
|
|
|
7248
|
|
|
7249 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "packages/terminal.el")
|
|
|
7250
|
|
|
7251 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
|
|
|
7252 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
|
|
|
7253 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
|
|
|
7254 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
|
|
|
7255 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
|
|
|
7256 program an keyboard input.
|
|
|
7257
|
|
|
7258 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
|
|
|
7259 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
|
|
|
7260 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
|
|
|
7261 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
|
|
|
7262
|
|
|
7263 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
|
|
|
7264 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
|
|
|
7265 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
|
|
|
7266 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
|
|
|
7267 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
|
|
|
7268
|
|
|
7269 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
|
|
|
7270
|
|
|
7271 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
|
|
|
7272 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
|
|
|
7273 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
|
|
|
7274 terminal-redisplay-interval.
|
|
|
7275
|
|
|
7276 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
|
|
|
7277 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
|
|
|
7278 subprocess started.
|
|
|
7279
|
|
|
7280 Presently with `termcap' only; if somebody sends us code to make this
|
|
|
7281 work with `terminfo' we will try to use it." t nil)
|
|
|
7282
|
|
|
7283 ;;;***
|
|
|
7284
|
|
|
7285 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-texinfo-format texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "packages/texinfmt.el")
|
|
|
7286
|
|
|
7287 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7288 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
|
|
|
7289 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
|
|
|
7290 names specified in the @setfilename command.
|
|
|
7291
|
|
|
7292 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
|
|
|
7293 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
|
|
|
7294 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
|
|
|
7295
|
|
|
7296 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7297 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
|
|
|
7298 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
|
|
|
7299 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
|
|
|
7300 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7301
|
|
|
7302 (autoload 'batch-texinfo-format "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7303 Runs texinfo-format-buffer on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
7304 Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion.
|
|
|
7305 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
7306 For example, invoke
|
|
|
7307 \"emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format $docs/ ~/*.texinfo\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
7308
|
|
|
7309 ;;;***
|
|
|
7310
|
|
|
7311 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "packages/texnfo-upd.el")
|
|
|
7312
|
|
|
7313 (autoload 'texinfo-update-node "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7314 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7315 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7316 marked region.
|
|
|
7317
|
|
|
7318 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
|
|
|
7319 keybindings, are:
|
|
|
7320
|
|
|
7321 texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
7322 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
7323 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
|
|
|
7324
|
|
|
7325 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
7326 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
7327 texinfo-master-menu ()
|
|
|
7328
|
|
|
7329 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
7330
|
|
|
7331 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
7332 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
|
|
|
7333
|
|
|
7334 (autoload 'texinfo-every-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7335 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
|
|
|
7336
|
|
|
7337 (autoload 'texinfo-sequential-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7338 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
|
|
|
7339
|
|
|
7340 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
|
|
|
7341 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
|
|
|
7342 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
|
|
|
7343 `p' takes you straight through the file.
|
|
|
7344
|
|
|
7345 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7346 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7347 marked region.
|
|
|
7348
|
|
|
7349 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
|
|
|
7350 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
|
|
|
7351 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
|
|
|
7352 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
|
|
|
7353
|
|
|
7354 ;;;***
|
|
|
7355
|
|
|
7356 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" "packages/time-stamp.el")
|
|
|
7357
|
|
|
7358 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7359 Update the time stamp string in the buffer.
|
|
|
7360 If you put a time stamp template anywhere in the first 8 lines of a file,
|
|
|
7361 it can be updated every time you save the file. See the top of
|
|
|
7362 `time-stamp.el' for a sample. The template looks like one of the following:
|
|
|
7363 Time-stamp: <>
|
|
|
7364 Time-stamp: \" \"
|
|
|
7365 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes, resulting in
|
|
|
7366 Time-stamp: <95/01/18 10:20:51 gildea>
|
|
|
7367 Only does its thing if the variable time-stamp-active is non-nil.
|
|
|
7368 Typically used on write-file-hooks for automatic time-stamping.
|
|
|
7369 The format of the time stamp is determined by the variable time-stamp-format.
|
|
|
7370 The variables time-stamp-line-limit, time-stamp-start, and time-stamp-end
|
|
|
7371 control finding the template." t nil)
|
|
|
7372
|
|
|
7373 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7374 Toggle time-stamp-active, setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
|
|
|
7375 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7376
|
|
|
7377 ;;;***
|
|
|
7378
|
|
|
7379 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time) "time" "packages/time.el")
|
|
|
7380
|
|
110
|
7381 (defcustom display-time-day-and-date nil "*Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day,date and time.\nThis affects the spec 'date in the variable display-time-form-list." :group 'display-time :type 'boolean)
|
|
78
|
7382
|
|
|
7383 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
|
|
|
7384 Display current time, load level, and mail flag in mode line of each buffer.
|
|
|
7385 Updates automatically every minute.
|
|
|
7386 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
|
|
|
7387 are displayed as well.
|
|
|
7388 After each update, `display-time-hook' is run with `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
7389 If `display-time-echo-area' is non-nil, the time is displayed in the
|
|
|
7390 echo area instead of in the mode-line." t nil)
|
|
|
7391
|
|
|
7392 ;;;***
|
|
|
7393
|
|
|
7394 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region overstrike-region unoverstrike-region ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" "packages/underline.el")
|
|
|
7395
|
|
|
7396 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7397 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
7398 Works by overstriking underscores.
|
|
|
7399 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7400 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7401
|
|
|
7402 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7403 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
|
|
|
7404 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7405 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7406
|
|
|
7407 (autoload 'unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7408 Remove all overstriking (character-backspace-character) in the region.
|
|
|
7409 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the
|
|
|
7410 range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7411
|
|
|
7412 (autoload 'overstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7413 Overstrike (character-backspace-character) all nonblank characters in
|
|
|
7414 the region. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which
|
|
|
7415 specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7416
|
|
|
7417 (autoload 'ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7418 Remove underlining and overstriking in the region. Called from a program,
|
|
|
7419 takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7420
|
|
|
7421 ;;;***
|
|
|
7422
|
|
|
7423 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-to-update-copyright update-copyright) "upd-copyr" "packages/upd-copyr.el")
|
|
|
7424
|
|
134
|
7425 (defcustom copyright-do-not-disturb "Free Software Foundation, Inc." "*If non-nil, the existing copyright holder is checked against this regexp.\nIf it does not match, then a new copyright line is added with the copyright\nholder set to the value of `copyright-whoami'." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
|
|
|
7426
|
|
|
7427 (defcustom copyright-whoami nil "*A string containing the name of the owner of new copyright notices." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
|
|
|
7428
|
|
|
7429 (defcustom copyright-notice-file nil "*If non-nil, replace copying notices with this file." :type '(choice (const nil) file) :group 'copyright)
|
|
78
|
7430
|
|
|
7431 (autoload 'update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7432 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer
|
|
|
7433 to indicate the current year. If optional arg REPLACE is given
|
|
|
7434 \(interactively, with prefix arg) replace the years in the notice
|
|
|
7435 rather than adding the current year after them.
|
|
|
7436 If `copyright-notice-file' is set, the copying permissions following the
|
|
|
7437 copyright are replaced as well.
|
|
|
7438
|
|
|
7439 If optional third argument ASK is non-nil, the user is prompted for whether
|
|
|
7440 or not to update the copyright. If optional fourth argument ASK-YEAR is
|
|
|
7441 non-nil, the user is prompted for whether or not to replace the year rather
|
|
|
7442 than adding to it." t nil)
|
|
|
7443
|
|
|
7444 (autoload 'ask-to-update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7445 If the current buffer contains a copyright notice that is out of date,
|
|
|
7446 ask the user if it should be updated with `update-copyright' (which see).
|
|
|
7447 Put this on write-file-hooks." nil nil)
|
|
|
7448
|
|
|
7449 ;;;***
|
|
|
7450
|
|
|
7451 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-update-change-log vc-rename-this-file vc-rename-file vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-version-diff vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-file-status) "vc" "packages/vc.el")
|
|
|
7452
|
|
|
7453 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
|
7454 *List of functions called after a checkin is done. See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7455
|
|
108
|
7456 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
|
7457 *List of functions called before a checkin is done. See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7458
|
|
78
|
7459 (autoload 'vc-file-status "vc" "\
|
|
|
7460 Display the current status of the file being visited.
|
|
|
7461 Currently, this is only defined for CVS. The information provided in the
|
|
|
7462 modeline is generally sufficient for RCS and SCCS." t nil)
|
|
|
7463
|
|
|
7464 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
|
|
|
7465 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
|
|
|
7466
|
|
|
7467 For RCS and SCCS files:
|
|
|
7468 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7469 control and then retrieves a writable, locked copy for editing.
|
|
|
7470 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
|
|
|
7471 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
|
|
|
7472 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
|
|
|
7473 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
|
|
|
7474 it performs a revert.
|
|
|
7475 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
|
|
|
7476 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
|
|
|
7477 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
|
|
|
7478 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
|
|
|
7479 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
|
|
|
7480 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
|
|
|
7481 the option to steal the lock.
|
|
|
7482
|
|
|
7483 For CVS files:
|
|
|
7484 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7485 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
|
|
|
7486 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
|
|
|
7487 If the file has not been changed, neither in your working area or
|
|
|
7488 in the repository, a message is printed and nothing is done.
|
|
|
7489 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
|
|
|
7490 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
|
|
|
7491 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
|
|
|
7492 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
|
|
|
7493 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
|
|
|
7494 merge in the changes into your working copy.
|
|
|
7495
|
|
|
7496 The following is true regardless of which version control system you
|
|
|
7497 are using:
|
|
|
7498
|
|
|
7499 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
|
|
|
7500 it will operate on the file in the current line.
|
|
|
7501 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
|
|
|
7502 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
|
|
|
7503 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
|
|
|
7504 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
|
|
|
7505 lock steals will raise an error.
|
|
|
7506
|
|
|
7507 For checkin, a prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use." t nil)
|
|
|
7508
|
|
|
7509 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
|
|
|
7510 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
|
|
|
7511
|
|
|
7512 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7513 Display diffs between file versions.
|
|
|
7514 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
|
|
|
7515 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
|
|
|
7516 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
|
|
|
7517 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
|
|
|
7518
|
|
|
7519 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7520 For FILE, report diffs between two stored versions REL1 and REL2 of it.
|
|
|
7521 If FILE is a directory, generate diffs between versions for all registered
|
|
|
7522 files in or below it." t nil)
|
|
|
7523
|
|
|
7524 (autoload 'vc-version-other-window "vc" "\
|
|
|
7525 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
|
|
|
7526 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
|
|
|
7527 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
|
|
|
7528
|
|
|
7529 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
|
|
|
7530 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
|
|
|
7531 Headers desired are inserted at the start of the buffer, and are pulled from
|
|
|
7532 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
7533
|
|
|
7534 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
|
|
|
7535 Show version-control status of all files in the directory DIR.
|
|
|
7536 If the second argument VERBOSE is non-nil, show all files;
|
|
|
7537 otherwise show only files that current locked in the version control system.
|
|
|
7538 Interactively, supply a prefix arg to make VERBOSE non-nil.
|
|
|
7539
|
|
|
7540 If the optional third argument NESTED is non-nil,
|
|
|
7541 scan the entire tree of subdirectories of the current directory." t nil)
|
|
|
7542
|
|
|
7543 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7544 Make a snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7545 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
|
|
|
7546 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
|
|
|
7547 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
|
|
|
7548
|
|
|
7549 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7550 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7551 This function fails if any files are locked at or below the current directory
|
|
|
7552 Otherwise, all registered files are checked out (unlocked) at their version
|
|
|
7553 levels in the snapshot." t nil)
|
|
|
7554
|
|
|
7555 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7556 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
|
|
|
7557
|
|
|
7558 (autoload 'vc-revert-buffer "vc" "\
|
|
|
7559 Revert the current buffer's file back to the latest checked-in version.
|
|
|
7560 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
|
|
|
7561 to that version.
|
|
|
7562 If the back-end is CVS, this will give you the most recent revision of
|
|
|
7563 the file on the branch you are editing." t nil)
|
|
|
7564
|
|
|
7565 (autoload 'vc-cancel-version "vc" "\
|
|
|
7566 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
|
|
|
7567 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
|
|
|
7568
|
|
|
7569 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
|
|
|
7570 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
|
|
|
7571
|
|
|
7572 (autoload 'vc-rename-this-file "vc" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7573
|
|
|
7574 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7575 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS logs.
|
|
|
7576 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
|
|
|
7577 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
|
|
|
7578 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all files currently visited.
|
|
|
7579 Otherwise, find log entries for all registered files in the default directory.
|
|
|
7580 From a program, any arguments are passed to the `rcs2log' script." t nil)
|
|
|
7581
|
|
|
7582 ;;;***
|
|
|
7583
|
|
98
|
7584 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "packages/webjump.el")
|
|
|
7585
|
|
|
7586 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
|
|
|
7587 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
|
|
|
7588
|
|
|
7589 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
|
|
|
7590 hotlist.
|
|
|
7591
|
|
|
7592 Feedback on WebJump can be sent to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke <nwv@acm.org>,
|
|
|
7593 or submitted via `\\[webjump-submit-bug-report]'. The latest version can be
|
|
|
7594 gotten from `http://www.cs.brown.edu/people/nwv/'." t nil)
|
|
|
7595
|
|
|
7596 ;;;***
|
|
|
7597
|
|
118
|
7598 ;;;### (autoloads (webster-www) "webster-www" "packages/webster-www.el")
|
|
|
7599
|
|
|
7600 (autoload 'webster-www "webster-www" "\
|
|
|
7601 Look up a word in the Webster's dictionary at http://www.m-w.com using WWW." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7602
|
|
|
7603 ;;;***
|
|
|
7604
|
|
|
7605 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "xscheme" "packages/xscheme.el")
|
|
|
7606
|
|
|
7607 (defvar scheme-program-name "scheme" "\
|
|
|
7608 *Program invoked by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7609
|
|
|
7610 (defvar scheme-band-name nil "\
|
|
|
7611 *Band loaded by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7612
|
|
|
7613 (defvar scheme-program-arguments nil "\
|
|
|
7614 *Arguments passed to the Scheme program by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7615
|
|
|
7616 (autoload 'run-scheme "xscheme" "\
|
|
|
7617 Run an inferior Scheme process.
|
|
|
7618 Output goes to the buffer `*scheme*'.
|
|
|
7619 With argument, asks for a command line." t nil)
|
|
|
7620
|
|
|
7621 ;;;***
|
|
|
7622
|
|
|
7623 ;;;### (autoloads (pcl-cvs-fontify) "pcl-cvs-xemacs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs-xemacs.el")
|
|
|
7624
|
|
|
7625 (autoload 'pcl-cvs-fontify "pcl-cvs-xemacs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7626
|
|
|
7627 ;;;***
|
|
|
7628
|
|
|
7629 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-update-other-window cvs-update) "pcl-cvs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs.el")
|
|
|
7630
|
|
|
7631 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7632 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7633 output to a *cvs* buffer and run cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7634 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7635
|
|
|
7636 (autoload 'cvs-update-other-window "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7637 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7638 output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the other window, and run
|
|
|
7639 cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7640
|
|
|
7641 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7642
|
|
|
7643 ;;;***
|
|
|
7644
|
|
|
7645 ;;;### (autoloads (about-xemacs) "about" "prim/about.el")
|
|
|
7646
|
|
|
7647 (autoload 'about-xemacs "about" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7648
|
|
|
7649 ;;;***
|
|
|
7650
|
|
|
7651 ;;;### (autoloads (all-hail-emacs all-hail-xemacs praise-be-unto-emacs praise-be-unto-xemacs) "advocacy" "prim/advocacy.el")
|
|
|
7652
|
|
|
7653 (defvar xemacs-praise-sound-file "sounds/im_so_happy.au" "\
|
|
|
7654 The name of an audio file containing something to play
|
|
|
7655 when praising XEmacs")
|
|
|
7656
|
|
|
7657 (defvar xemacs-praise-message "All Hail XEmacs!\n" "\
|
|
|
7658 What to praise XEmacs with")
|
|
|
7659
|
|
|
7660 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7661 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7662
|
|
|
7663 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7664
|
|
|
7665 (autoload 'all-hail-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7666 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7667
|
|
|
7668 (autoload 'all-hail-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7669
|
|
|
7670 ;;;***
|
|
|
7671
|
|
|
7672 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-buffer-case-table) "case-table" "prim/case-table.el")
|
|
|
7673
|
|
|
7674 (autoload 'describe-buffer-case-table "case-table" "\
|
|
|
7675 Describe the case table of the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7676
|
|
|
7677 ;;;***
|
|
|
7678
|
|
108
|
7679 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-remove-old-elc) "cleantree" "prim/cleantree.el")
|
|
|
7680
|
|
|
7681 (autoload 'batch-remove-old-elc "cleantree" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7682
|
|
|
7683 ;;;***
|
|
|
7684
|
|
78
|
7685 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" "prim/debug.el")
|
|
|
7686
|
|
|
7687 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
|
|
|
7688 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
|
|
|
7689 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
|
|
|
7690 of the evaluator.
|
|
|
7691
|
|
|
7692 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
|
|
|
7693 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
|
|
|
7694 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7695
|
|
|
7696 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7697 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
|
|
|
7698 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
|
|
|
7699 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
|
|
|
7700 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
|
|
|
7701 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
|
|
|
7702 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
|
|
|
7703
|
|
|
7704 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7705 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
|
|
|
7706 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
|
|
|
7707
|
|
|
7708 ;;;***
|
|
|
7709
|
|
|
7710 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default standard-display-8bit make-display-table describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "prim/disp-table.el")
|
|
|
7711
|
|
|
7712 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7713 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7714
|
|
|
7715 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7716 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
|
|
|
7717
|
|
|
7718 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7719 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
|
|
|
7720
|
|
|
7721 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7722 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
|
|
|
7723
|
|
|
7724 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7725 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
|
|
|
7726
|
|
|
7727 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7728 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
|
|
|
7729 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
|
|
|
7730 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7731
|
|
|
7732 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7733 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
|
|
|
7734 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
|
|
|
7735 X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7736
|
|
|
7737 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7738 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
|
|
|
7739
|
|
|
7740 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7741 Toggle display of European characters encoded with ISO 8859.
|
|
|
7742 When enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 display not
|
|
|
7743 as octal escapes, but as accented characters.
|
|
|
7744 With prefix argument, enable European character display iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7745
|
|
|
7746 ;;;***
|
|
|
7747
|
|
|
7748 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "prim/env.el")
|
|
|
7749
|
|
|
7750 (autoload 'setenv "env" "\
|
|
|
7751 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
|
|
|
7752 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
|
|
|
7753 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
|
|
|
7754
|
|
|
7755 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
|
|
|
7756 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
|
|
|
7757 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
|
|
|
7758
|
|
|
7759 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
|
|
|
7760
|
|
|
7761 ;;;***
|
|
|
7762
|
|
100
|
7763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "itimer-autosave" "prim/itimer-autosave.el")
|
|
78
|
7764
|
|
|
7765 ;;;***
|
|
|
7766
|
|
|
7767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs" "prim/loaddefs.el")
|
|
|
7768
|
|
|
7769 ;;;***
|
|
|
7770
|
|
98
|
7771 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "prim/macros.el")
|
|
78
|
7772
|
|
|
7773 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
|
|
|
7774 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
|
|
|
7775 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
|
|
|
7776 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
|
|
|
7777 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid
|
|
|
7778 editor command." t nil)
|
|
|
7779
|
|
|
7780 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
|
|
|
7781 Query user during kbd macro execution.
|
|
|
7782 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
|
|
|
7783 reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
|
|
|
7784 You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
|
|
|
7785 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
|
|
|
7786 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
|
|
|
7787 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
|
|
|
7788 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
|
|
|
7789 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
|
|
|
7790 \\[recenter] Redisplay the frame, then ask again.
|
|
|
7791 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
|
|
|
7792
|
|
|
7793 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
|
|
|
7794 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
|
|
|
7795 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
|
|
|
7796
|
|
|
7797 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
|
|
|
7798 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
|
|
|
7799 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
|
|
|
7800 execute.
|
|
|
7801
|
|
|
7802 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
|
|
|
7803 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
|
|
|
7804
|
|
|
7805 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
|
|
|
7806 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
|
|
|
7807 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
|
|
|
7808 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
|
|
|
7809 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
|
|
|
7810
|
|
|
7811 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
|
|
|
7812 looked like this:
|
|
|
7813
|
|
|
7814 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
|
|
|
7815 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
|
|
|
7816 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
|
|
|
7817
|
|
|
7818 You could enter the names in this format:
|
|
|
7819
|
|
|
7820 foo
|
|
|
7821 bar
|
|
|
7822 baz
|
|
|
7823
|
|
|
7824 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
|
|
|
7825
|
|
|
7826 \\C-x (
|
|
|
7827 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
|
|
|
7828 \\C-x )
|
|
|
7829
|
|
|
7830 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
|
|
|
7831 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
|
|
|
7832 " t nil)
|
|
|
7833
|
|
|
7834 ;;;***
|
|
|
7835
|
|
|
7836 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) "novice" "prim/novice.el")
|
|
|
7837
|
|
|
7838 (autoload 'disabled-command-hook "novice" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7839
|
|
|
7840 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7841 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
|
|
|
7842 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
7843 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
7844
|
|
|
7845 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7846 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
|
|
|
7847 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
7848 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
7849
|
|
|
7850 ;;;***
|
|
|
7851
|
|
|
7852 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "prim/options.el")
|
|
|
7853
|
|
|
7854 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
|
|
|
7855 Display a list of XEmacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
|
|
|
7856
|
|
|
7857 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
|
|
|
7858 Edit a list of XEmacs user option values.
|
|
|
7859 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
|
|
|
7860 in which there are commands to set the option values.
|
|
|
7861 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands." t nil)
|
|
|
7862
|
|
|
7863 ;;;***
|
|
|
7864
|
|
|
7865 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "prim/rect.el")
|
|
|
7866
|
|
|
7867 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7868 Delete (don't save) text in rectangle with point and mark as corners.
|
|
|
7869 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the line
|
|
|
7870 where the region begins and ending with the line where the region ends." t nil)
|
|
|
7871
|
|
|
7872 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7873 Delete contents of rectangle and return it as a list of strings.
|
|
|
7874 Arguments START and END are the corners of the rectangle.
|
|
|
7875 The value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
7876
|
|
|
7877 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7878 Return contents of rectangle with corners at START and END.
|
|
|
7879 Value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
7880
|
|
|
7881 (defvar killed-rectangle nil "\
|
|
|
7882 Rectangle for yank-rectangle to insert.")
|
|
|
7883
|
|
|
7884 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7885 Delete rectangle with corners at point and mark; save as last killed one.
|
|
|
7886 Calling from program, supply two args START and END, buffer positions.
|
|
|
7887 But in programs you might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle'." t nil)
|
|
|
7888
|
|
|
7889 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7890 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7891
|
|
|
7892 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7893 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
|
|
|
7894 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
|
|
|
7895 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
|
|
|
7896 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
|
|
|
7897 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
|
|
|
7898 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
|
|
|
7899
|
|
|
7900 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7901 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark, shifting text right.
|
|
|
7902 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
|
|
|
7903 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle." t nil)
|
|
|
7904
|
|
|
7905 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7906 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
|
|
|
7907 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
|
|
|
7908 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
|
|
|
7909
|
|
|
7910 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
|
|
|
7911
|
|
|
7912 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7913 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark.
|
|
|
7914 The text previously in the region is overwritten by the blanks.
|
|
|
7915 When called from a program, requires two args which specify the corners." t nil)
|
|
|
7916
|
|
|
7917 ;;;***
|
|
|
7918
|
|
|
7919 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "prim/reposition.el")
|
|
|
7920
|
|
|
7921 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
|
|
|
7922 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
|
|
|
7923 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
|
|
|
7924 visibility of comments that precede it.
|
|
|
7925 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
|
|
|
7926 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
|
|
|
7927 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
|
|
|
7928 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
|
|
|
7929 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
|
|
|
7930 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
|
|
|
7931 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
|
|
|
7932 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
|
|
|
7933 the comment lines.
|
|
|
7934 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
|
|
|
7935 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
|
|
|
7936 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
|
|
|
7937 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
|
|
|
7938 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
|
|
|
7939
|
|
|
7940 ;;;***
|
|
|
7941
|
|
|
7942 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-float-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "prim/sort.el")
|
|
|
7943
|
|
|
7944 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
|
|
|
7945 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
|
|
|
7946 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
|
|
|
7947
|
|
|
7948 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
|
|
|
7949 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
|
|
|
7950 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
|
|
|
7951 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
|
|
|
7952 contiguous.
|
|
|
7953
|
|
|
7954 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
|
|
|
7955 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
|
|
|
7956 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7957 the sort order.
|
|
|
7958
|
|
|
7959 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
|
|
|
7960 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
|
|
|
7961
|
|
|
7962 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
|
|
|
7963 It moves point to the start of the next record.
|
|
|
7964 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
|
|
|
7965 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
|
|
|
7966 is called.
|
|
|
7967
|
|
|
7968 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
|
|
|
7969 It should move point to the end of the record.
|
|
|
7970
|
|
|
7971 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
|
|
|
7972 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
|
|
|
7973 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
|
|
|
7974 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
|
|
|
7975 starts at the beginning of the record.
|
|
|
7976
|
|
|
7977 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
|
|
|
7978 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
|
|
|
7979 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
|
|
|
7980
|
|
|
7981 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
|
|
|
7982 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7983 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7984 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
7985 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7986 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
7987
|
|
|
7988 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
|
|
|
7989 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7990 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7991 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
7992 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7993 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
7994
|
|
|
7995 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
|
|
|
7996 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7997 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7998 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
7999 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8000 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8001
|
|
|
8002 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8003 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8004 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
8005 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
|
|
|
8006 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
8007 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8008 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
|
|
|
8009 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8010 the sort order.
|
|
|
8011 If you want to sort floating-point numbers, try `sort-float-fields'." t nil)
|
|
|
8012
|
|
|
8013 (autoload 'sort-float-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8014 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8015 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. Specified field
|
|
|
8016 must contain a floating point number in each line of the region. With a
|
|
|
8017 negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. Called from a
|
|
|
8018 program, there are three arguments: FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify
|
|
|
8019 region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
8020
|
|
|
8021 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8022 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8023 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
8024 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
8025 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8026 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
8027
|
|
|
8028 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8029 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
|
|
|
8030 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
|
|
|
8031 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
|
|
|
8032 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
|
|
|
8033 is to be used for sorting.
|
|
|
8034 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
|
|
|
8035 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
|
|
|
8036 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
|
|
|
8037 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
|
|
|
8038 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
|
|
|
8039
|
|
|
8040 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
|
|
|
8041
|
|
|
8042 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8043 the sort order.
|
|
|
8044
|
|
|
8045 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
|
|
|
8046 starting with the letter \"f\",
|
|
|
8047 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
|
|
|
8048
|
|
|
8049 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
|
|
|
8050 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
|
|
|
8051 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
|
|
|
8052 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
|
|
|
8053 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
|
|
|
8054 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
|
|
|
8055 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8056 the sort order.
|
|
|
8057
|
|
|
8058 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
|
|
|
8059 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
|
|
|
8060 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
|
|
|
8061 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
|
|
|
8062 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
|
|
|
8063
|
|
|
8064 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
|
|
|
8065 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
|
|
|
8066 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
|
|
|
8067
|
|
|
8068 ;;;***
|
|
|
8069
|
|
|
8070 ;;;### (autoloads (load-default-sounds load-sound-file) "sound" "prim/sound.el")
|
|
|
8071
|
|
|
8072 (or sound-alist (setq sound-alist '((ready nil) (warp nil))))
|
|
|
8073
|
|
|
8074 (autoload 'load-sound-file "sound" "\
|
|
|
8075 Read in an audio-file and add it to the sound-alist.
|
|
|
8076
|
|
98
|
8077 You can only play sound files if you are running on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8078 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8079 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in.
|
|
|
8080
|
|
124
|
8081 The sound file must be in the Sun/NeXT U-LAW format, except on Linux,
|
|
|
8082 where .wav files are also supported by the sound card drivers." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8083
|
|
|
8084 (autoload 'load-default-sounds "sound" "\
|
|
124
|
8085 Load and install some sound files as beep-types, using
|
|
|
8086 `load-sound-file'. This only works if you're on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8087 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8088 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8089
|
|
|
8090 ;;;***
|
|
|
8091
|
|
|
8092 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "prim/tabify.el")
|
|
|
8093
|
|
|
8094 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8095 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
|
|
|
8096 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8097 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8098 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8099
|
|
|
8100 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8101 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
|
|
|
8102 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
|
|
|
8103 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
|
|
|
8104 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8105 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8106 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8107
|
|
|
8108 ;;;***
|
|
|
8109
|
|
|
8110 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "prim/userlock.el")
|
|
|
8111
|
|
|
8112 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8113 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by USER.
|
|
|
8114 This function has a choice of three things to do:
|
|
|
8115 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE USER))
|
|
|
8116 to refrain from editing the file
|
|
|
8117 return t (grab the lock on the file)
|
|
|
8118 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
|
|
|
8119 You can rewrite it to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do." nil nil)
|
|
|
8120
|
|
|
8121 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8122 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
|
|
|
8123 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
|
|
|
8124 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
|
|
|
8125 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
|
|
|
8126
|
|
|
8127 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
|
|
|
8128 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
|
|
|
8129
|
|
|
8130 ;;;***
|
|
|
8131
|
|
|
8132 ;;;### (autoloads (style-format) "psgml-fs" "psgml/psgml-fs.el")
|
|
|
8133
|
|
|
8134 (autoload 'style-format "psgml-fs" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8135
|
|
|
8136 ;;;***
|
|
|
8137
|
|
|
8138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "psgml-html" "psgml/psgml-html.el")
|
|
|
8139
|
|
|
8140 (autoload 'html-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8141 HTML mode." t)
|
|
|
8142
|
|
|
8143 (autoload 'html3-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8144 HTML3 mode." t)
|
|
|
8145
|
|
|
8146 ;;;***
|
|
|
8147
|
|
|
8148 ;;;### (autoloads (sgml-mode) "psgml" "psgml/psgml.el")
|
|
|
8149
|
|
|
8150 (autoload 'sgml-mode "psgml" "\
|
|
|
8151 Major mode for editing SGML.\\<sgml-mode-map>
|
|
|
8152 Makes > display the matching <. Makes / display matching /.
|
|
|
8153 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
|
|
|
8154
|
|
|
8155 You can find information with:
|
|
|
8156 \\[sgml-show-context] Show the nesting of elements at cursor position.
|
|
|
8157 \\[sgml-list-valid-tags] Show the tags valid at cursor position.
|
|
|
8158
|
|
|
8159 Insert tags with completion of contextually valid tags with \\[sgml-insert-tag].
|
|
|
8160 End the current element with \\[sgml-insert-end-tag]. Insert an element (i.e.
|
|
|
8161 both start and end tag) with \\[sgml-insert-element]. Or tag a region with
|
|
|
8162 \\[sgml-tag-region].
|
|
|
8163
|
|
|
8164 To tag a region with the mouse, use transient mark mode or secondary selection.
|
|
|
8165
|
|
|
8166 Structure editing:
|
|
|
8167 \\[sgml-backward-element] Moves backwards over the previous element.
|
|
108
|
8168 \\[sgml-forward-element] Moves forward over the next element.
|
|
78
|
8169 \\[sgml-down-element] Move forward and down one level in the element structure.
|
|
|
8170 \\[sgml-backward-up-element] Move backward out of this element level.
|
|
|
8171 \\[sgml-beginning-of-element] Move to after the start tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8172 \\[sgml-end-of-element] Move to before the end tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8173 \\[sgml-kill-element] Kill the element following the cursor.
|
|
|
8174
|
|
|
8175 Finding interesting positions
|
|
|
8176 \\[sgml-next-data-field] Move forward to next point where data is allowed.
|
|
|
8177 \\[sgml-next-trouble-spot] Move forward to next point where something is
|
|
|
8178 amiss with the structure.
|
|
|
8179
|
|
|
8180 Folding and unfolding
|
|
|
8181 \\[sgml-fold-element] Fold the lines comprising the current element, leaving
|
|
|
8182 the first line visible.
|
|
|
8183 \\[sgml-fold-subelement] Fold the elements in the content of the current element.
|
|
|
8184 Leaving the first line of every element visible.
|
|
|
8185 \\[sgml-unfold-line] Show hidden lines in current line.
|
|
|
8186
|
|
|
8187 User options:
|
|
|
8188
|
|
|
8189 sgml-omittag Set this to reflect OMITTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8190 sgml-shortag Set this to reflect SHORTTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8191 sgml-auto-insert-required-elements If non-nil, automatically insert required
|
|
|
8192 elements in the content of an inserted element.
|
|
|
8193 sgml-balanced-tag-edit If non-nil, always insert start-end tag pairs.
|
|
|
8194 sgml-omittag-transparent If non-nil, will show legal tags inside elements
|
|
|
8195 with omitable start tags and legal tags beyond omitable end tags.
|
|
|
8196 sgml-leave-point-after-insert If non-nil, the point will remain after
|
|
|
8197 inserted tag(s).
|
|
|
8198 sgml-warn-about-undefined-elements If non-nil, print a warning when a tag
|
|
|
8199 for a undefined element is found.
|
|
|
8200 sgml-max-menu-size Max number of entries in Tags and Entities menus before
|
|
|
8201 they are split into several panes.
|
|
|
8202 sgml-always-quote-attributes If non-nil, quote all attribute values
|
|
|
8203 inserted after finishing edit attributes.
|
|
|
8204 sgml-minimize-attributes Determines minimization of attributes inserted by
|
|
|
8205 edit-attributes.
|
|
|
8206 sgml-normalize-trims If non-nil, sgml-normalize will trim off white space
|
|
|
8207 from end of element when adding end tag.
|
|
|
8208 sgml-indent-step How much to increament indent for every element level.
|
|
|
8209 sgml-indent-data If non-nil, indent in data/mixed context also.
|
|
|
8210 sgml-set-face If non-nil, psgml will set the face of parsed markup.
|
|
|
8211 sgml-markup-faces The faces used when the above variable is non-nil.
|
|
108
|
8212 sgml-system-path List of directories used to look for system identifiers.
|
|
78
|
8213 sgml-public-map Mapping from public identifiers to file names.
|
|
|
8214 sgml-offer-save If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before
|
|
|
8215 \\[sgml-validate] is run.
|
|
|
8216
|
|
|
8217 All bindings:
|
|
|
8218 \\{sgml-mode-map}
|
|
|
8219 " t nil)
|
|
|
8220
|
|
|
8221 ;;;***
|
|
|
8222
|
|
|
8223 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-input rmail-mode rmail) "rmail" "rmail/rmail.el")
|
|
|
8224
|
|
|
8225 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
|
|
|
8226 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
|
|
|
8227 A value of nil means exclude your own name only.")
|
|
|
8228
|
|
|
8229 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
|
|
|
8230 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
|
|
|
8231 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
|
|
|
8232 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
|
|
|
8233 value is the user's name.)
|
|
|
8234 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
|
|
|
8235
|
|
|
8236 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
|
|
|
8237 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
|
|
|
8238
|
|
|
8239 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
|
|
|
8240 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
|
|
|
8241 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
|
|
|
8242 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
|
|
|
8243 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
|
|
|
8244
|
|
|
8245 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
|
|
|
8246 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
|
|
|
8247
|
|
|
8248 (defvar rmail-retry-setup-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8249 Hook that `rmail-retry-failure' uses in place of `mail-setup-hook'.")
|
|
|
8250
|
|
|
8251 (defvar rmail-last-file nil)
|
|
|
8252
|
|
|
8253 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8254 Read and edit incoming mail.
|
|
|
8255 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
|
|
|
8256 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
|
|
|
8257 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
|
|
|
8258
|
|
|
8259 May be called with filename as argument; then performs rmail editing on
|
|
|
8260 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8261
|
|
|
8262 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8263 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
|
|
|
8264 All normal editing commands are turned off.
|
|
|
8265 Instead, these commands are available:
|
|
|
8266
|
|
|
8267 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
|
|
|
8268 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
|
|
|
8269 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
|
|
|
8270 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8271 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8272 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8273 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8274 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8275 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8276 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
|
|
|
8277 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
|
|
|
8278 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
|
|
|
8279 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
|
|
|
8280 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
|
|
|
8281 till a deleted message is found.
|
|
|
8282 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
|
|
|
8283 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
|
|
|
8284 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
|
|
|
8285 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
|
|
|
8286 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
|
|
|
8287 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
|
|
|
8288 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
|
|
|
8289 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
|
|
|
8290 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
|
|
|
8291 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
|
|
|
8292 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
|
|
|
8293 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
|
|
|
8294 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
|
|
|
8295 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
|
|
|
8296 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
|
|
|
8297 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
|
|
|
8298 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
|
|
|
8299 (label defaults to last one specified).
|
|
|
8300 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
|
|
|
8301 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
|
|
|
8302 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
|
|
|
8303 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
|
|
|
8304 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
|
|
|
8305 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
|
|
|
8306 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
|
|
|
8307 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
|
|
|
8308 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
|
|
|
8309
|
|
|
8310 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8311 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
8312
|
|
|
8313 ;;;***
|
|
|
8314
|
|
|
8315 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-file-p) "rmailout" "rmail/rmailout.el")
|
|
|
8316
|
|
|
8317 (autoload 'rmail-file-p "rmailout" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8318
|
|
|
8319 ;;;***
|
|
|
8320
|
|
|
8321 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "rmail/unrmail.el")
|
|
|
8322
|
|
|
8323 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8324 Convert Rmail files to mailbox files.
|
|
|
8325 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
|
|
|
8326 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
|
|
|
8327 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
|
|
|
8328 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8329
|
|
|
8330 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8331 Convert Rmail file FILE to mailbox-format file TO-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
8332
|
|
|
8333 ;;;***
|
|
|
8334
|
|
|
8335 ;;;### (autoloads (mime/editor-mode) "tm-edit" "tm/tm-edit.el")
|
|
|
8336
|
|
|
8337 (autoload 'mime/editor-mode "tm-edit" "\
|
|
|
8338 MIME minor mode for editing the tagged MIME message.
|
|
|
8339
|
|
|
8340 In this mode, basically, the message is composed in the tagged MIME
|
|
|
8341 format. The message tag looks like:
|
|
|
8342
|
|
|
8343 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-2022-JP][7bit]]
|
|
|
8344
|
|
|
8345 The tag specifies the MIME content type, subtype, optional parameters
|
|
|
8346 and transfer encoding of the message following the tag. Messages
|
|
|
8347 without any tag are treated as `text/plain' by default. Charset and
|
|
|
8348 transfer encoding are automatically defined unless explicitly
|
|
|
8349 specified. Binary messages such as audio and image are usually hidden.
|
|
|
8350 The messages in the tagged MIME format are automatically translated
|
|
|
8351 into a MIME compliant message when exiting this mode.
|
|
|
8352
|
|
|
8353 Available charsets depend on Emacs version being used. The following
|
|
|
8354 lists the available charsets of each emacs.
|
|
|
8355
|
|
|
8356 EMACS 18: US-ASCII is only available.
|
|
|
8357 NEmacs: US-ASCII and ISO-2022-JP are available.
|
|
|
8358 EMACS 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8359 XEmacs 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8360 Mule: US-ASCII, ISO-8859-* (except for ISO-8859-5), KOI8-R,
|
|
|
8361 ISO-2022-JP, ISO-2022-JP-2, ISO-2022-KR, BIG5 and
|
|
|
8362 ISO-2022-INT-1 are available.
|
|
|
8363
|
|
|
8364 ISO-2022-JP-2 and ISO-2022-INT-1 charsets used in mule is expected to
|
|
|
8365 be used to represent multilingual text in intermixed manner. Any
|
|
|
8366 languages that has no registered charset are represented as either
|
|
|
8367 ISO-2022-JP-2 or ISO-2022-INT-1 in mule.
|
|
|
8368
|
|
|
8369 If you want to use non-ISO-8859-1 charset in EMACS 19 or XEmacs 19,
|
|
|
8370 please set variable `default-mime-charset'. This variable must be
|
|
|
8371 symbol of which name is a MIME charset.
|
|
|
8372
|
|
|
8373 If you want to add more charsets in mule, please set variable
|
|
|
8374 `charsets-mime-charset-alist'. This variable must be alist of which
|
|
|
8375 key is list of leading-char/charset and value is symbol of MIME
|
|
|
8376 charset. (leading-char is a term of MULE 1.* and 2.*. charset is a
|
|
|
8377 term of XEmacs/mule, mule merged EMACS and MULE 3.*) If name of
|
|
|
8378 coding-system is different as MIME charset, please set variable
|
|
|
8379 `mime-charset-coding-system-alist'. This variable must be alist of
|
|
|
8380 which key is MIME charset and value is coding-system.
|
|
|
8381
|
|
|
8382 Following commands are available in addition to major mode commands:
|
|
|
8383
|
|
|
8384 [make single part]
|
|
|
8385 \\[mime-editor/insert-text] insert a text message.
|
|
|
8386 \\[mime-editor/insert-file] insert a (binary) file.
|
|
|
8387 \\[mime-editor/insert-external] insert a reference to external body.
|
|
|
8388 \\[mime-editor/insert-voice] insert a voice message.
|
|
|
8389 \\[mime-editor/insert-message] insert a mail or news message.
|
|
|
8390 \\[mime-editor/insert-mail] insert a mail message.
|
|
|
8391 \\[mime-editor/insert-signature] insert a signature file at end.
|
|
|
8392 \\[mime-editor/insert-key] insert PGP public key.
|
|
|
8393 \\[mime-editor/insert-tag] insert a new MIME tag.
|
|
|
8394
|
|
|
8395 [make enclosure (maybe multipart)]
|
|
|
8396 \\[mime-editor/enclose-alternative-region] enclose as multipart/alternative.
|
|
|
8397 \\[mime-editor/enclose-parallel-region] enclose as multipart/parallel.
|
|
|
8398 \\[mime-editor/enclose-mixed-region] enclose as multipart/mixed.
|
|
|
8399 \\[mime-editor/enclose-digest-region] enclose as multipart/digest.
|
|
|
8400 \\[mime-editor/enclose-signed-region] enclose as PGP signed.
|
|
|
8401 \\[mime-editor/enclose-encrypted-region] enclose as PGP encrypted.
|
|
|
8402 \\[mime-editor/enclose-quote-region] enclose as verbose mode (to avoid to expand tags)
|
|
|
8403
|
|
|
8404 [other commands]
|
|
|
8405 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-7bit] set transfer-level as 7.
|
|
|
8406 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-8bit] set transfer-level as 8.
|
|
|
8407 \\[mime-editor/set-split] set message splitting mode.
|
|
|
8408 \\[mime-editor/set-sign] set PGP-sign mode.
|
|
|
8409 \\[mime-editor/set-encrypt] set PGP-encryption mode.
|
|
|
8410 \\[mime-editor/preview-message] preview editing MIME message.
|
|
|
8411 \\[mime-editor/exit] exit and translate into a MIME compliant message.
|
|
|
8412 \\[mime-editor/help] show this help.
|
|
|
8413 \\[mime-editor/maybe-translate] exit and translate if in MIME mode, then split.
|
|
|
8414
|
|
|
8415 Additional commands are available in some major modes:
|
|
|
8416 C-c C-c exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8417 C-c C-s exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8418
|
|
|
8419 The following is a message example written in the tagged MIME format.
|
|
|
8420 TABs at the beginning of the line are not a part of the message:
|
|
|
8421
|
|
|
8422 This is a conventional plain text. It should be translated
|
|
|
8423 into text/plain.
|
|
|
8424 --[[text/plain]]
|
|
|
8425 This is also a plain text. But, it is explicitly specified as
|
|
|
8426 is.
|
|
86
|
8427 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1]]
|
|
|
8428 This is also a plain text. But charset is specified as
|
|
|
8429 iso-8859-1.
|
|
|
8430
|
|
|
8431 ¡Hola! Buenos días. ¿Cómo está usted?
|
|
|
8432 --[[text/enriched]]
|
|
|
8433 This is a <bold>enriched text</bold>.
|
|
|
8434 --[[image/gif][base64]]...image encoded in base64 here...
|
|
|
8435 --[[audio/basic][base64]]...audio encoded in base64 here...
|
|
78
|
8436
|
|
|
8437 User customizable variables (not documented all of them):
|
|
|
8438 mime-prefix
|
|
|
8439 Specifies a key prefix for MIME minor mode commands.
|
|
|
8440
|
|
|
8441 mime-ignore-preceding-spaces
|
|
|
8442 Preceding white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8443
|
|
|
8444 mime-ignore-trailing-spaces
|
|
|
8445 Trailing white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8446
|
|
|
8447 mime-auto-hide-body
|
|
|
8448 Hide a non-textual body message encoded in base64 after insertion
|
|
|
8449 if non-nil.
|
|
|
8450
|
|
|
8451 mime-editor/transfer-level
|
|
|
8452 A number of network transfer level. It should be bigger than 7.
|
|
|
8453 If you are in 8bit-through environment, please set 8.
|
|
|
8454
|
|
|
8455 mime-editor/voice-recorder
|
|
|
8456 Specifies a function to record a voice message and encode it.
|
|
|
8457 The function `mime-editor/voice-recorder-for-sun' is for Sun
|
|
|
8458 SparcStations.
|
|
|
8459
|
|
|
8460 mime/editor-mode-hook
|
|
|
8461 Turning on MIME mode calls the value of mime/editor-mode-hook, if
|
|
|
8462 it is non-nil.
|
|
|
8463
|
|
|
8464 mime-editor/translate-hook
|
|
|
8465 The value of mime-editor/translate-hook is called just before translating
|
|
|
8466 the tagged MIME format into a MIME compliant message if it is
|
|
|
8467 non-nil. If the hook call the function mime-editor/insert-signature,
|
|
|
8468 the signature file will be inserted automatically.
|
|
|
8469
|
|
|
8470 mime-editor/exit-hook
|
|
|
8471 Turning off MIME mode calls the value of mime-editor/exit-hook, if it is
|
|
|
8472 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
8473
|
|
|
8474 (defalias 'edit-mime 'mime/editor-mode)
|
|
|
8475
|
|
|
8476 ;;;***
|
|
|
8477
|
|
|
8478 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice) "advice" "utils/advice.el")
|
|
|
8479
|
|
|
8480 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
|
|
|
8481 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
|
|
|
8482 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
|
|
|
8483 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
|
|
|
8484 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
|
|
|
8485 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
|
|
|
8486 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
|
|
|
8487 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
|
|
|
8488 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
|
|
|
8489 interpreted as `error'.")
|
|
|
8490
|
|
|
8491 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
|
|
|
8492 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
|
|
|
8493 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
|
|
|
8494 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
|
|
|
8495 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
|
|
|
8496 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
|
|
|
8497 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
|
|
|
8498 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
|
|
|
8499
|
|
|
8500 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8501 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
|
|
|
8502 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
|
|
|
8503 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
|
|
|
8504 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
|
|
|
8505 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
|
|
|
8506 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
|
|
|
8507 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
|
|
|
8508 will be overwritten with the new one.
|
|
|
8509 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
|
|
|
8510 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
|
|
|
8511 will clear the cache." nil nil)
|
|
|
8512
|
|
|
8513 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8514 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
|
|
|
8515 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
|
|
|
8516
|
|
|
8517 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
|
|
|
8518 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
|
|
|
8519 BODY... )
|
|
|
8520
|
|
|
8521 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
|
|
|
8522 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
|
|
|
8523 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8524 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
|
|
|
8525 see also `ad-add-advice'.
|
|
|
8526 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
|
|
|
8527 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
|
|
|
8528 before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8529 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
|
|
|
8530 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
|
|
|
8531 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8532 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
|
|
|
8533 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8534 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
|
|
|
8535
|
|
|
8536 Semantics of the various flags:
|
|
|
8537 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
|
|
|
8538 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
|
|
|
8539 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
|
|
|
8540
|
|
|
8541 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
|
|
|
8542 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
|
|
|
8543
|
|
|
8544 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
|
|
|
8545 advised function should be compiled.
|
|
|
8546
|
|
|
8547 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
|
|
|
8548 during activation until somebody enables it.
|
|
|
8549
|
|
|
8550 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
|
|
|
8551 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
|
|
|
8552 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
|
|
|
8553 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
|
|
|
8554
|
|
|
8555 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
|
|
|
8556 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
|
|
|
8557 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
|
|
|
8558 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
|
|
|
8559 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
|
|
|
8560 during preloading.
|
|
|
8561
|
|
|
8562 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8563
|
|
|
8564 ;;;***
|
|
|
8565
|
|
|
8566 ;;;### (autoloads (all-annotations annotation-list annotations-at annotations-in-region annotation-at annotationp delete-annotation make-annotation) "annotations" "utils/annotations.el")
|
|
|
8567
|
|
|
8568 (defvar make-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8569 *Function or functions to run immediately after creating an annotation.")
|
|
|
8570
|
|
|
8571 (defvar before-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8572 *Function or functions to run immediately before deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8573
|
|
|
8574 (defvar after-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8575 *Function or functions to run immediately after deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8576
|
|
|
8577 (autoload 'make-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8578 Create a marginal annotation, displayed using GLYPH, at position POS.
|
|
|
8579 GLYPH may be either a glyph object or a string. Use layout policy
|
|
|
8580 LAYOUT and place the annotation in buffer BUFFER. If POS is nil, point is
|
|
|
8581 used. If LAYOUT is nil, `whitespace' is used. If BUFFER is nil, the
|
|
|
8582 current buffer is used. If WITH-EVENT is non-nil, then when an annotation
|
|
|
8583 is activated, the triggering event is passed as the second arg to the
|
|
|
8584 annotation function. If D-GLYPH is non-nil then it is used as the glyph
|
|
|
8585 that will be displayed when button1 is down. If RIGHTP is non-nil then
|
|
|
8586 the glyph will be displayed on the right side of the buffer instead of the
|
|
|
8587 left." nil nil)
|
|
|
8588
|
|
|
8589 (autoload 'delete-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8590 Remove ANNOTATION from its buffer. This does not modify the buffer text." nil nil)
|
|
|
8591
|
|
|
8592 (autoload 'annotationp "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8593 T if OBJECT is an annotation." nil nil)
|
|
|
8594
|
|
|
8595 (autoload 'annotation-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8596 Return the first annotation at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8597 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. POS defaults to point in BUFFER." nil nil)
|
|
|
8598
|
|
|
8599 (autoload 'annotations-in-region "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8600 Return all annotations in BUFFER between START and END inclusively." nil nil)
|
|
|
8601
|
|
|
8602 (autoload 'annotations-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8603 Return a list of all annotations at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8604 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used. If POS is nil, point is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8605
|
|
|
8606 (autoload 'annotation-list "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8607 Return a list of all annotations in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8608 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8609
|
|
|
8610 (autoload 'all-annotations "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8611 Return a list of all annotations in existence." nil nil)
|
|
|
8612
|
|
|
8613 ;;;***
|
|
|
8614
|
|
|
8615 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directory update-autoloads-here update-file-autoloads generate-file-autoloads) "autoload" "utils/autoload.el")
|
|
|
8616
|
|
|
8617 (autoload 'generate-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8618 Insert at point a loaddefs autoload section for FILE.
|
|
|
8619 autoloads are generated for defuns and defmacros in FILE
|
|
|
8620 marked by `generate-autoload-cookie' (which see).
|
|
|
8621 If FILE is being visited in a buffer, the contents of the buffer
|
|
|
8622 are used." t nil)
|
|
|
8623
|
|
|
8624 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8625 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
|
|
|
8626 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
|
|
|
8627
|
|
|
8628 (autoload 'update-autoloads-here "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8629 Update sections of the current buffer generated by `update-file-autoloads'." t nil)
|
|
|
8630
|
|
|
8631 (autoload 'update-autoloads-from-directory "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8632 Update `generated-autoload-file' with all the current autoloads from DIR.
|
|
|
8633 This runs `update-file-autoloads' on each .el file in DIR.
|
|
|
8634 Obsolete autoload entries for files that no longer exist are deleted." t nil)
|
|
|
8635
|
|
|
8636 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8637 Update the autoloads for the files or directories on the command line.
|
|
|
8638 Runs `update-file-autoloads' on files and `update-directory-autoloads'
|
|
|
8639 on directories. Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
8640 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
8641 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-update-autoloads *.el'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8642
|
|
|
8643 ;;;***
|
|
|
8644
|
|
|
8645 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "utils/browse-url.el")
|
|
|
8646
|
|
134
|
8647 (defcustom browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-w3 "*Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.\nUsed by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and\n`browse-url-of-file' commands." :type 'function :group 'browse-url)
|
|
78
|
8648
|
|
|
8649 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8650 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8651
|
|
|
8652 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
|
|
|
8653 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
|
|
|
8654
|
|
|
8655 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
|
|
|
8656 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
|
|
|
8657 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
|
|
|
8658 the effect of browse-url-new-window-p.
|
|
|
8659
|
|
|
8660 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
|
|
|
8661 used instead of browse-url-new-window-p." t nil)
|
|
|
8662
|
|
|
8663 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8664 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8665 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8666
|
|
|
8667 (autoload 'browse-url-grail "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8668 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8669 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
|
|
|
8670 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
|
|
|
8671
|
|
|
8672 (autoload 'browse-url-iximosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8673 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8674 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8675
|
|
|
8676 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8677 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8678 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8679
|
|
|
8680 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-xterm "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8681 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8682 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
|
|
|
8683 in an Xterm window." t nil)
|
|
|
8684
|
|
|
8685 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-emacs "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8686 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8687 Default to the URL around or before point. Run a new Lynx process in
|
|
|
8688 an Emacs buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8689
|
|
|
8690 ;;;***
|
|
|
8691
|
|
|
8692 ;;;### (autoloads (docref-setup) "docref" "utils/docref.el")
|
|
|
8693
|
|
|
8694 (autoload 'docref-setup "docref" "\
|
|
|
8695 Process docref cross-references in the current buffer.
|
|
|
8696 See also \\(f@docref-subst)." t nil)
|
|
|
8697
|
|
|
8698 ;;;***
|
|
|
8699
|
|
|
8700 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "utils/easymenu.el")
|
|
|
8701
|
|
|
8702 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
|
|
|
8703 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
8704 The arguments SYMBOL and DOC are ignored; they are present for
|
|
|
8705 compatibility only. SYMBOL is not evaluated. In other Emacs versions
|
|
|
8706 these arguments may be used as a variable to hold the menu data, and a
|
|
|
8707 doc string for that variable.
|
|
|
8708
|
|
|
8709 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
8710 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
8711
|
|
|
8712 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
8713
|
|
|
8714 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
8715
|
|
|
8716 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
8717 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
8718
|
|
|
8719 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8720 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8721
|
|
|
8722 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
8723
|
|
|
8724 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
8725
|
|
|
8726 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
8727
|
|
|
8728 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
8729
|
|
|
8730 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
8731
|
|
|
8732 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
8733
|
|
|
8734 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8735 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8736
|
|
|
8737 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
8738
|
|
|
8739 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
8740
|
|
|
8741 :style STYLE
|
|
|
8742
|
|
|
8743 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
8744 defined:
|
|
|
8745
|
|
|
8746 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
8747 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
8748 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
8749 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
8750
|
|
|
8751 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
8752
|
|
|
8753 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
8754 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8755 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
8756
|
|
|
8757 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
8758 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
8759 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
8760
|
|
|
8761 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
8762 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
8763 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
8764 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8765
|
|
|
8766 ;;;***
|
|
|
8767
|
|
118
|
8768 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-kbd-macro format-kbd-macro kbd read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "utils/edmacro.el")
|
|
98
|
8769
|
|
|
8770 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
|
|
|
8771
|
|
|
8772 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
|
|
|
8773 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
|
|
|
8774 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
|
|
|
8775
|
|
|
8776 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8777 Edit a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8778 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8779 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
|
|
|
8780 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
|
|
|
8781 its command name.
|
|
|
8782 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
|
|
|
8783
|
|
|
8784 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8785 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
|
|
|
8786
|
|
|
8787 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8788 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
|
|
|
8789
|
|
|
8790 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8791 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
|
|
|
8792 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
|
|
|
8793 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
|
|
|
8794 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
|
|
|
8795 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8796
|
|
|
8797 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
|
|
|
8798 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
|
|
|
8799 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
|
|
|
8800 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
|
|
|
8801
|
|
118
|
8802 (autoload 'kbd "edmacro" "\
|
|
134
|
8803 Convert KEYS to the internal Emacs key representation." nil nil)
|
|
118
|
8804
|
|
98
|
8805 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8806 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
|
|
|
8807 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
|
|
|
8808 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
|
|
|
8809 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
|
|
|
8810 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
|
|
|
8811
|
|
|
8812 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8813 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
|
|
|
8814 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
|
|
|
8815 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
|
|
|
8816
|
|
|
8817 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
|
|
|
8818 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
|
|
|
8819 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
|
|
|
8820 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
|
|
|
8821 bindings.
|
|
|
8822
|
|
|
8823 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
|
|
|
8824 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8825
|
|
|
8826 ;;;***
|
|
|
8827
|
|
|
8828 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "utils/eldoc.el")
|
|
|
8829
|
|
134
|
8830 (defcustom eldoc-mode nil "*If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.\n\nFor the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is\nwithin, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.\nThis information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is\nin pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained\nfrom the documentation string if possible.\n\nIf point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring\ninstead.\n\nThis variable is buffer-local." :type 'boolean :group 'eldoc)
|
|
98
|
8831
|
|
|
8832 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
8833 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
|
|
|
8834 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
|
|
|
8835
|
|
|
8836 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
|
|
|
8837 of the mode.
|
|
|
8838 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
|
|
|
8839 the mode, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
8840
|
|
|
8841 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
8842 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
|
|
|
8843
|
|
|
8844 ;;;***
|
|
|
8845
|
|
78
|
8846 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "utils/elp.el")
|
|
|
8847
|
|
|
8848 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
8849 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
|
|
|
8850 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
8851
|
|
|
8852 (autoload 'elp-restore-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
8853 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
|
|
|
8854 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
8855
|
|
|
8856 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
|
|
|
8857 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
|
|
|
8858 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
|
|
|
8859
|
|
|
8860 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
|
|
|
8861 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
|
|
|
8862 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
|
|
|
8863
|
|
|
8864 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
|
|
|
8865
|
|
|
8866 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
|
|
|
8867 Display current profiling results.
|
|
|
8868 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
|
|
|
8869 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
|
|
|
8870 displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
8871
|
|
|
8872 (autoload 'elp-submit-bug-report "elp" "\
|
|
|
8873 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
|
|
|
8874
|
|
|
8875 ;;;***
|
|
|
8876
|
|
|
8877 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-make-much-smaller facemenu-make-much-larger facemenu-make-smaller facemenu-make-larger facemenu-set-size-default facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "utils/facemenu.el")
|
|
|
8878
|
|
126
|
8879 (define-key ctl-x-map "F" 'facemenu-keymap)
|
|
|
8880
|
|
78
|
8881 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
|
|
|
8882 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
|
|
|
8883
|
|
|
8884 (defvar facemenu-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Set face"))) (define-key map ?o 'facemenu-set-face) map) "\
|
|
|
8885 Keymap for face-changing commands.
|
|
|
8886 `Facemenu-update' fills in the keymap according to the bindings
|
|
|
8887 requested in `facemenu-keybindings'.")
|
|
|
8888
|
|
|
8889 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8890 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8891 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
|
|
|
8892 will not show through at all will be removed.
|
|
|
8893
|
|
|
8894 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
|
|
|
8895
|
|
|
8896 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
8897 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
8898
|
|
|
8899 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
8900 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8901 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
|
8902
|
|
|
8903 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8904 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8905 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
8906 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
8907 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
8908 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
8909 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8910 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
8911
|
|
|
8912 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8913 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8914 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
8915 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
8916 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
8917 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
8918 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8919 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
8920
|
|
|
8921 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8922 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8923 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
|
|
|
8924 is the menu item's name.
|
|
|
8925
|
|
|
8926 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
8927 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
8928
|
|
|
8929 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
8930 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
100
|
8931 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8932
|
|
|
8933 (autoload 'facemenu-set-size-default "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8934
|
|
|
8935 (autoload 'facemenu-make-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8936
|
|
|
8937 (autoload 'facemenu-make-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8938
|
|
|
8939 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8940
|
|
|
8941 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8942
|
|
|
8943 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8944 Make the region invisible.
|
|
|
8945 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8946 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8947
|
|
|
8948 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8949 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
|
|
|
8950 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8951 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8952
|
|
|
8953 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8954 Make the region unmodifiable.
|
|
|
8955 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8956 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8957
|
|
|
8958 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-props "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8959 Remove all text properties that facemenu added to region." t nil)
|
|
|
8960
|
|
|
8961 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8962 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
|
|
|
8963 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
|
|
|
8964
|
|
|
8965 (autoload 'list-text-properties-at "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8966 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
|
|
|
8967
|
|
|
8968 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8969 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
8970
|
|
|
8971 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8972 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
|
|
|
8973 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
|
|
|
8974 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
|
|
|
8975 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
|
|
|
8976
|
|
|
8977 ;;;***
|
|
|
8978
|
|
98
|
8979 ;;;### (autoloads (floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar) "floating-toolbar" "utils/floating-toolbar.el")
|
|
|
8980
|
|
|
8981 (autoload 'floating-toolbar "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
8982 Popup a toolbar near the current mouse position.
|
|
|
8983 The toolbar instantiator used is taken from the 'floating-toolbar
|
|
|
8984 property of any extent under the mouse. If no such non-nil
|
|
|
8985 property exists for any extent under the mouse, then the value of the
|
|
|
8986 variable `floating-toolbar' is checked. If its value si nil, then
|
|
|
8987 no toolbar will be displayed.
|
|
|
8988
|
|
|
8989 This command should be bound to a button press event.
|
|
|
8990
|
|
|
8991 When called from a program, first arg EVENT should be the button
|
|
|
8992 press event. Optional second arg EXTENT-LOCAL-ONLY specifies
|
|
|
8993 that only extent local toolbars should be used; this means the
|
|
|
8994 `floating-toolbar' variable will not be consulted." t nil)
|
|
|
8995
|
|
|
8996 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
8997 Like floating-toolbar, but if no toolbar is displayed
|
|
|
8998 run popup-mode-menu." t nil)
|
|
|
8999
|
|
|
9000 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9001 Like floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu, but search only for an
|
|
|
9002 extent local toolbar." t nil)
|
|
|
9003
|
|
|
9004 ;;;***
|
|
|
9005
|
|
78
|
9006 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "utils/flow-ctrl.el")
|
|
|
9007
|
|
|
9008 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
9009 Toggle flow control handling.
|
|
|
9010 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
|
|
|
9011 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
|
|
|
9012
|
|
|
9013 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
9014 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
|
|
|
9015 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
|
|
|
9016 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
|
|
|
9017 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
|
|
|
9018 to get the effect of a C-q.
|
|
|
9019
|
|
|
9020 This function has no effect unless the current device is a tty.
|
|
|
9021
|
|
|
9022 The tty terminal type is determined from the TERM environment variable.
|
|
|
9023 Trailing hyphens and everything following is stripped, so a TERM
|
|
|
9024 value of \"vt100-nam\" is treated the same as \"vt100\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
9025
|
|
|
9026 ;;;***
|
|
|
9027
|
|
|
9028 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) "forms" "utils/forms.el")
|
|
|
9029
|
|
|
9030 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
|
|
|
9031 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
|
|
|
9032
|
|
|
9033 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
|
|
|
9034 TAB forms-next-field TAB
|
|
|
9035 \\C-c TAB forms-next-field
|
|
|
9036 \\C-c < forms-first-record <
|
|
|
9037 \\C-c > forms-last-record >
|
|
|
9038 \\C-c ? describe-mode ?
|
|
|
9039 \\C-c \\C-k forms-delete-record
|
|
|
9040 \\C-c \\C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
|
|
|
9041 \\C-c \\C-o forms-insert-record
|
|
|
9042 \\C-c \\C-l forms-jump-record l
|
|
|
9043 \\C-c \\C-n forms-next-record n
|
|
|
9044 \\C-c \\C-p forms-prev-record p
|
|
|
9045 \\C-c \\C-r forms-search-backward r
|
|
|
9046 \\C-c \\C-s forms-search-forward s
|
|
|
9047 \\C-c \\C-x forms-exit x
|
|
|
9048 " t nil)
|
|
|
9049
|
|
|
9050 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
|
|
|
9051 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
|
|
|
9052
|
|
|
9053 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
|
|
|
9054 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
9055
|
|
|
9056 ;;;***
|
|
|
9057
|
|
|
9058 ;;;### (autoloads (highlight-headers-follow-url highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape highlight-headers) "highlight-headers" "utils/highlight-headers.el")
|
|
|
9059
|
|
|
9060 (autoload 'highlight-headers "highlight-headers" "\
|
|
|
9061 Highlight message headers between start and end.
|
|
|
9062 Faces used:
|
|
|
9063 message-headers the part before the colon
|
|
|
9064 message-header-contents the part after the colon
|
|
|
9065 message-highlighted-header-contents contents of \"special\" headers
|
|
|
9066 message-cited-text quoted text from other messages
|
|
|
9067
|
|
|
9068 Variables used:
|
|
|
9069
|
|
|
9070 highlight-headers-regexp what makes a \"special\" header
|
|
|
9071 highlight-headers-citation-regexp matches lines of quoted text
|
|
|
9072 highlight-headers-citation-header-regexp matches headers for quoted text
|
|
|
9073
|
|
|
9074 If HACK-SIG is true,then we search backward from END for something that
|
|
|
9075 looks like the beginning of a signature block, and don't consider that a
|
|
|
9076 part of the message (this is because signatures are often incorrectly
|
|
|
9077 interpreted as cited text.)" nil nil)
|
|
|
9078
|
|
|
9079 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9080
|
|
|
9081 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9082
|
|
|
9083 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url "highlight-headers" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9084
|
|
|
9085 ;;;***
|
|
|
9086
|
|
|
9087 ;;;### (autoloads (id-select-double-click-hook id-select-and-kill-thing id-select-and-copy-thing id-select-goto-matching-tag id-select-thing-with-mouse id-select-thing) "id-select" "utils/id-select.el")
|
|
|
9088
|
|
|
9089 (autoload 'id-select-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9090 Mark the region selected by the syntax of the thing at point.
|
|
|
9091 If invoked repeatedly, selects bigger and bigger things.
|
|
|
9092 If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil, the type of selection is displayed in
|
|
|
9093 the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9094
|
|
|
9095 (autoload 'id-select-thing-with-mouse "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9096 Select a region based on the syntax of the character from a mouse click.
|
|
|
9097 If the click occurs at the same point as the last click, select
|
|
|
9098 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9099 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9100
|
|
|
9101 (autoload 'id-select-goto-matching-tag "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9102 If in a major mode listed in `id-select-markup-modes,' moves point to the start of the tag paired with the closest tag that point is within or precedes.
|
|
|
9103 Returns t if point is moved, else nil.
|
|
|
9104 Signals an error if no tag is found following point or if the closing tag
|
|
|
9105 does not have a `>' terminator character." t nil)
|
|
|
9106
|
|
|
9107 (autoload 'id-select-and-copy-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9108 Copy the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9109
|
|
|
9110 (autoload 'id-select-and-kill-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9111 Kill the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9112
|
|
|
9113 (autoload 'id-select-double-click-hook "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9114 Select a region based on the syntax of the character wherever the mouse is double-clicked.
|
|
|
9115 If the double-click occurs at the same point as the last double-click, select
|
|
|
9116 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9117 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9118
|
|
|
9119 ;;;***
|
|
|
9120
|
|
|
9121 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "utils/loadhist.el")
|
|
|
9122
|
|
|
9123 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
|
|
|
9124 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
|
|
|
9125 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
|
|
|
9126 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
|
|
|
9127
|
|
|
9128 ;;;***
|
|
|
9129
|
|
|
9130 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "utils/mail-extr.el")
|
|
|
9131
|
|
|
9132 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9133 Given an RFC-822 ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
|
|
|
9134 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
|
|
|
9135 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
|
|
|
9136 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
|
|
|
9137 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
|
|
|
9138 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
|
|
|
9139 consing a string.)
|
|
|
9140 If ADDRESS contains more than one RFC-822 address, only the first is
|
|
|
9141 returned. Some day this function may be extended to extract multiple
|
|
|
9142 addresses, or perhaps return the position at which parsing stopped." nil nil)
|
|
|
9143
|
|
|
9144 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9145 Prompts for a mail domain, and prints the country it corresponds to
|
|
|
9146 in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9147
|
|
|
9148 ;;;***
|
|
|
9149
|
|
|
9150 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "utils/mail-utils.el")
|
|
|
9151
|
|
|
9152 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
|
|
|
9153 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
|
|
|
9154 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
|
|
|
9155 often correct parser.")
|
|
|
9156
|
|
|
9157 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9158
|
|
|
9159 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
|
|
|
9160 Return the value of the header field FIELD-NAME.
|
|
|
9161 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the headers of the message.
|
|
|
9162 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last such field if there are several.
|
|
|
9163 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between." nil nil)
|
|
|
9164
|
|
|
9165 ;;;***
|
|
|
9166
|
|
|
9167 ;;;### (autoloads (read-passwd) "passwd" "utils/passwd.el")
|
|
|
9168
|
|
|
9169 (autoload 'read-passwd "passwd" "\
|
|
|
9170 Prompts for a password in the minibuffer, and returns it as a string.
|
|
|
9171 If PROMPT may be a prompt string or an alist of elements
|
|
|
9172 '(prompt . default).
|
|
|
9173 If optional arg CONFIRM is true, then ask the user to type the password
|
|
|
9174 again to confirm that they typed it correctly.
|
|
|
9175 If optional arg DEFAULT is provided, then it is a string to insert as
|
|
|
9176 the default choice (it is not, of course, displayed.)
|
|
|
9177
|
|
|
9178 If running under X, the keyboard will be grabbed (with XGrabKeyboard())
|
|
108
|
9179 to reduce the possibility that eavesdropping is occuring.
|
|
78
|
9180
|
|
|
9181 When reading a password, all keys self-insert, except for:
|
|
|
9182 \\<read-passwd-map>
|
|
|
9183 \\[read-passwd-erase-line] Erase the entire line.
|
|
|
9184 \\[quoted-insert] Insert the next character literally.
|
|
|
9185 \\[delete-backward-char] Delete the previous character.
|
|
|
9186 \\[exit-minibuffer] Accept what you have typed.
|
|
|
9187 \\[keyboard-quit] Abort the command.
|
|
|
9188
|
|
|
9189 The returned value is always a newly-created string. No additional copies
|
|
|
9190 of the password remain after this function has returned.
|
|
|
9191
|
|
|
9192 NOTE: unless great care is taken, the typed password will exist in plaintext
|
|
|
9193 form in the running image for an arbitrarily long time. Priveleged users may
|
|
|
9194 be able to extract it from memory. If emacs crashes, it may appear in the
|
|
|
9195 resultant core file.
|
|
|
9196
|
|
|
9197 Some steps you can take to prevent the password from being copied around:
|
|
|
9198
|
|
|
9199 - as soon as you are done with the returned string, destroy it with
|
|
|
9200 (fillarray string 0). The same goes for any default passwords
|
|
|
9201 or password histories.
|
|
|
9202
|
|
|
9203 - do not copy the string, as with concat or substring - if you do, be
|
|
|
9204 sure to keep track of and destroy all copies.
|
|
|
9205
|
|
|
9206 - do not insert the password into a buffer - if you do, be sure to
|
|
|
9207 overwrite the buffer text before killing it, as with the functions
|
|
|
9208 `passwd-erase-buffer' or `passwd-kill-buffer'. Note that deleting
|
|
|
9209 the text from the buffer does NOT necessarily remove the text from
|
|
|
9210 memory.
|
|
|
9211
|
|
|
9212 - be careful of the undo history - if you insert the password into a
|
|
|
9213 buffer which has undo recording turned on, the password will be
|
|
|
9214 copied onto the undo list, and thus recoverable.
|
|
|
9215
|
|
|
9216 - do not pass it as an argument to a shell command - anyone will be
|
|
|
9217 able to see it if they run `ps' at the right time.
|
|
|
9218
|
|
|
9219 Note that the password will be temporarily recoverable with the `view-lossage'
|
|
|
9220 command. This data will not be overwritten until another hundred or so
|
|
|
9221 characters are typed. There's not currently a way around this." nil nil)
|
|
|
9222
|
|
|
9223 ;;;***
|
|
|
9224
|
|
|
9225 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" "utils/pp.el")
|
|
|
9226
|
|
|
9227 (defalias 'pprint 'pp)
|
|
|
9228
|
|
|
9229 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9230 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
|
|
|
9231 Quoting characters are printed when needed to make output that `read'
|
|
|
9232 can handle, whenever this is possible.
|
|
|
9233 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
|
|
|
9234
|
|
|
9235 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
|
|
|
9236 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
|
|
|
9237 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
|
|
|
9238 instead. Value is also consed on to front of variable values 's
|
|
|
9239 value." t nil)
|
|
|
9240
|
|
|
9241 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9242 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
|
|
|
9243 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
|
|
|
9244 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
|
|
|
9245
|
|
|
9246 ;;;***
|
|
|
9247
|
|
|
9248 ;;;### (autoloads (prettyexpand-all-sexp prettyexpand-sexp macroexpand-all-sexp macroexpand-sexp pp-plist pp-variable pp-function) "pretty-print" "utils/pretty-print.el")
|
|
|
9249
|
|
|
9250 (autoload 'pp-function "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9251 Pretty print the function definition of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9252
|
|
|
9253 (autoload 'pp-variable "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9254 Pretty print the variable value of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9255
|
|
|
9256 (autoload 'pp-plist "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9257 Pretty print the property list of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9258
|
|
|
9259 (autoload 'macroexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9260 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion in a
|
|
|
9261 temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9262 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9263
|
|
|
9264 (autoload 'macroexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9265 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9266 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9267 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9268
|
|
|
9269 (autoload 'prettyexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9270 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion
|
|
|
9271 in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9272 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9273 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9274 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9275 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9276
|
|
|
9277 (autoload 'prettyexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9278 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9279 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9280 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9281 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9282 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9283 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9284
|
|
|
9285 ;;;***
|
|
|
9286
|
|
|
9287 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "utils/reporter.el")
|
|
|
9288
|
|
|
9289 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9290
|
|
|
9291 ;;;***
|
|
|
9292
|
|
|
9293 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ringp) "ring" "utils/ring.el")
|
|
|
9294
|
|
|
9295 (autoload 'ringp "ring" "\
|
|
|
9296 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
9297
|
|
|
9298 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'ring-p 'ringp)
|
|
|
9299
|
|
|
9300 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
|
|
|
9301 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
|
|
|
9302
|
|
|
9303 ;;;***
|
|
|
9304
|
|
|
9305 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "utils/skeleton.el")
|
|
|
9306
|
|
|
9307 (defvar skeleton-filter 'identity "\
|
|
|
9308 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
|
|
|
9309
|
|
|
9310 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9311 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
|
|
|
9312 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
|
|
|
9313 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
|
|
|
9314 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9315
|
|
|
9316 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9317 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9318 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9319 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9320 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9321 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9322 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9323
|
|
|
9324 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9325 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9326 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9327
|
|
|
9328 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9329 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9330 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9331 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9332 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9333 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9334 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9335
|
|
|
9336 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9337 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9338 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9339
|
|
|
9340 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9341 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
|
|
|
9342
|
|
|
9343 With optional third REGIONS wrap first interesting point (`_') in skeleton
|
|
|
9344 around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. If REGIONS is negative,
|
|
|
9345 wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first REGIONS interesting positions
|
|
|
9346 \(successive `_'s) in skeleton. An interregion is the stretch of text between
|
|
|
9347 two contiguous marked points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor)
|
|
|
9348 in alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. But
|
|
|
9349 if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
|
|
|
9350
|
|
|
9351 Optional fourth STR is the value for the variable `str' within the skeleton.
|
|
|
9352 When this is non-`nil' the interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid
|
|
|
9353 skeleton element.
|
|
|
9354
|
|
|
9355 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
|
|
|
9356 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
|
|
|
9357
|
|
|
9358 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
|
|
|
9359 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
|
|
|
9360
|
|
|
9361 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
|
|
|
9362 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
|
|
|
9363 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
|
|
|
9364 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
|
|
|
9365 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
|
|
|
9366 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
|
|
|
9367 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
|
|
|
9368 nil skipped
|
|
|
9369
|
|
|
9370 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
|
|
|
9371 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
|
|
|
9372 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
|
|
|
9373 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
|
|
|
9374 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
|
|
|
9375 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
|
|
|
9376 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also a list of
|
|
|
9377 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
|
|
|
9378
|
|
|
9379 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated evaluated for their side-effect.
|
|
|
9380 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
|
|
|
9381 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
|
|
|
9382 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
|
|
|
9383 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
|
|
|
9384 available:
|
|
|
9385
|
|
|
9386 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
|
|
|
9387 then: insert previously read string once more
|
|
|
9388 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
|
|
|
9389 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
|
|
|
9390 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
|
|
|
9391
|
|
|
9392 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
|
|
|
9393 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
|
|
|
9394
|
|
|
9395 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9396 Insert the character you type ARG times.
|
|
|
9397
|
|
|
9398 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
|
|
|
9399 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
|
|
|
9400 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
|
|
|
9401 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
|
|
|
9402
|
|
|
9403 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
|
|
|
9404 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
|
|
|
9405 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
|
|
|
9406
|
|
|
9407 ;;;***
|
|
|
9408
|
|
100
|
9409 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "utils/speedbar.el")
|
|
|
9410
|
|
|
9411 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
|
|
|
9412 Enable or disable use of a speedbar. Positive number means turn
|
|
|
9413 on, negative turns speedbar off, and nil means toggle. Once the
|
|
|
9414 speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in `speedbar-mode' will be
|
|
|
9415 displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is supported at a time." t nil)
|
|
|
9416
|
|
|
9417 ;;;***
|
|
|
9418
|
|
86
|
9419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "utils/timezone.el")
|
|
|
9420
|
|
|
9421 (define-error 'invalid-date "Invalid date string")
|
|
|
9422
|
|
|
9423 ;;;***
|
|
|
9424
|
|
78
|
9425 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "utils/tq.el")
|
|
|
9426
|
|
|
9427 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
|
|
|
9428 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
|
|
|
9429 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
|
|
|
9430 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
|
|
|
9431 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
|
|
|
9432
|
|
|
9433 ;;;***
|
|
|
9434
|
|
|
9435 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function) "trace" "utils/trace.el")
|
|
|
9436
|
|
|
9437 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
|
|
|
9438 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
|
|
|
9439
|
|
|
9440 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
|
|
|
9441 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9442 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9443 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9444 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9445 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
|
|
|
9446 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
|
|
|
9447 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
9448
|
|
|
9449 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
|
|
|
9450 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9451 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9452 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9453 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9454 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
|
|
|
9455 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
|
|
|
9456
|
|
|
9457 ;;;***
|
|
|
9458
|
|
|
9459 ;;;### (autoloads (xbm-button-create) "xbm-button" "utils/xbm-button.el")
|
|
|
9460
|
|
|
9461 (autoload 'xbm-button-create "xbm-button" "\
|
|
|
9462 Returns a list of XBM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9463 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9464 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9465 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9466 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9467
|
|
|
9468 BORDER-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9469 borders on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9470 or 0 to mean no border." nil nil)
|
|
|
9471
|
|
|
9472 ;;;***
|
|
|
9473
|
|
|
9474 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-button-create) "xpm-button" "utils/xpm-button.el")
|
|
|
9475
|
|
|
9476 (autoload 'xpm-button-create "xpm-button" "\
|
|
|
9477 Returns a list of XPM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9478 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9479 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9480 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9481 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9482
|
|
|
9483 SHADOW-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9484 shadows on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9485 or 0 to mean no shadows on the edges.
|
|
|
9486 FG-COLOR is the color used to display the text. It should be a string.
|
|
|
9487 BG-COLOR is the background color the text will be displayed upon.
|
|
|
9488 It should be a string." nil nil)
|
|
|
9489
|
|
|
9490 ;;;***
|
|
|
9491
|
|
|
9492 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode) "viper" "viper/viper.el")
|
|
|
9493
|
|
|
9494 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
|
|
|
9495 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
|
|
|
9496
|
|
|
9497 (defalias 'vip-mode 'viper-mode)
|
|
|
9498
|
|
|
9499 ;;;***
|
|
|
9500
|
|
|
9501 ;;;### (autoloads (vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps vm-easy-menu-define) "vm-easymenu" "vm/vm-easymenu.el")
|
|
|
9502
|
|
|
9503 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-define "vm-easymenu" "\
|
|
|
9504 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
9505 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
|
|
|
9506 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
|
|
|
9507
|
|
|
9508 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
9509 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
9510
|
|
|
9511 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
9512
|
|
|
9513 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
9514
|
|
|
9515 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
9516 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
9517
|
|
|
9518 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9519 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9520
|
|
|
9521 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
9522
|
|
|
9523 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
9524
|
|
|
9525 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
9526
|
|
|
9527 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
9528
|
|
|
9529 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
9530 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
|
|
|
9531 computed automatically.
|
|
|
9532
|
|
|
9533 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
9534
|
|
|
9535 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9536 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9537
|
|
|
9538 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
9539
|
|
|
9540 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
9541
|
|
|
9542 :style
|
|
|
9543
|
|
|
9544 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
9545 defined:
|
|
|
9546
|
|
|
9547 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
9548 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
9549 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
9550 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
9551
|
|
|
9552 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
9553
|
|
|
9554 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
9555 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9556 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
9557
|
|
|
9558 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
9559 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
9560 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
9561
|
|
|
9562 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
9563 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
9564 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
9565 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9566
|
|
|
9567 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps "vm-easymenu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9568
|
|
|
9569 ;;;***
|
|
|
9570
|
|
118
|
9571 ;;;### (autoloads (x-font-build-cache font-default-size-for-device font-default-encoding-for-device font-default-registry-for-device font-default-family-for-device font-default-object-for-device font-default-font-for-device font-create-object) "font" "w3/font.el")
|
|
108
|
9572
|
|
|
9573 (autoload 'font-create-object "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9574
|
|
|
9575 (autoload 'font-default-font-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9576
|
|
|
9577 (autoload 'font-default-object-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9578
|
|
|
9579 (autoload 'font-default-family-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9580
|
|
118
|
9581 (autoload 'font-default-registry-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9582
|
|
|
9583 (autoload 'font-default-encoding-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9584
|
|
108
|
9585 (autoload 'font-default-size-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9586
|
|
|
9587 (autoload 'x-font-build-cache "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9588
|
|
|
9589 ;;;***
|
|
|
9590
|
|
|
9591 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "w3/url-cache.el")
|
|
102
|
9592
|
|
|
9593 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9594 Store buffer BUFF in the cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9595
|
|
|
9596 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9597 Return non-nil if the URL is cached." nil nil)
|
|
|
9598
|
|
108
|
9599 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
|
|
102
|
9600 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9601
|
|
|
9602 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9603 Return t iff a cached file has expired." nil nil)
|
|
|
9604
|
|
|
9605 ;;;***
|
|
|
9606
|
|
118
|
9607 ;;;### (autoloads (url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "w3/url-gw.el")
|
|
|
9608
|
|
|
9609 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
|
|
|
9610 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
9611
|
|
|
9612 ;;;***
|
|
|
9613
|
|
102
|
9614 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve url-popup-info url-get-url-at-point url-buffer-visiting url-normalize-url url-file-attributes) "url" "w3/url.el")
|
|
80
|
9615
|
|
|
9616 (autoload 'url-file-attributes "url" "\
|
|
|
9617 Return a list of attributes of URL.
|
|
|
9618 Value is nil if specified file cannot be opened.
|
|
|
9619 Otherwise, list elements are:
|
|
|
9620 0. t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil.
|
|
|
9621 1. Number of links to file.
|
|
|
9622 2. File uid.
|
|
|
9623 3. File gid.
|
|
|
9624 4. Last access time, as a list of two integers.
|
|
|
9625 First integer has high-order 16 bits of time, second has low 16 bits.
|
|
|
9626 5. Last modification time, likewise.
|
|
|
9627 6. Last status change time, likewise.
|
|
|
9628 7. Size in bytes. (-1, if number is out of range).
|
|
|
9629 8. File modes, as a string of ten letters or dashes as in ls -l.
|
|
|
9630 If URL is on an http server, this will return the content-type if possible.
|
|
|
9631 9. t iff file's gid would change if file were deleted and recreated.
|
|
|
9632 10. inode number.
|
|
|
9633 11. Device number.
|
|
|
9634
|
|
|
9635 If file does not exist, returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
9636
|
|
|
9637 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url" "\
|
|
|
9638 Return a 'normalized' version of URL. This strips out default port
|
|
|
9639 numbers, etc." nil nil)
|
|
|
9640
|
|
|
9641 (autoload 'url-buffer-visiting "url" "\
|
|
|
9642 Return the name of a buffer (if any) that is visiting URL." nil nil)
|
|
|
9643
|
|
|
9644 (autoload 'url-get-url-at-point "url" "\
|
|
|
9645 Get the URL closest to point, but don't change your
|
|
|
9646 position. Has a preference for looking backward when not
|
|
|
9647 directly on a symbol." nil nil)
|
|
|
9648
|
|
|
9649 (autoload 'url-popup-info "url" "\
|
|
|
9650 Retrieve the HTTP/1.0 headers and display them in a temp buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9651
|
|
|
9652 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
|
|
|
9653 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
|
9654 The document should be specified by its fully specified
|
|
|
9655 Uniform Resource Locator. No parsing is done, just return the
|
|
|
9656 document as the server sent it. The document is left in the
|
|
|
9657 buffer specified by url-working-buffer. url-working-buffer is killed
|
|
|
9658 immediately before starting the transfer, so that no buffer-local
|
|
|
9659 variables interfere with the retrieval. HTTP/1.0 redirection will
|
|
|
9660 be honored before this function exits." nil nil)
|
|
|
9661
|
|
|
9662 ;;;***
|
|
|
9663
|
|
78
|
9664 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-use-hotlist) "w3-hot" "w3/w3-hot.el")
|
|
|
9665
|
|
|
9666 (autoload 'w3-use-hotlist "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9667 Possibly go to a link in your W3/Mosaic hotlist.
|
|
|
9668 This is part of the emacs World Wide Web browser. It will prompt for
|
|
|
9669 one of the items in your 'hotlist'. A hotlist is a list of often
|
|
|
9670 visited or interesting items you have found on the World Wide Web." t nil)
|
|
|
9671
|
|
|
9672 ;;;***
|
|
|
9673
|
|
102
|
9674 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-follow-link w3-follow-link-other-frame w3-do-setup w3 w3-preview-this-buffer w3-follow-url-at-point w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame w3-maybe-follow-link w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse w3-fetch w3-fetch-other-frame w3-find-file w3-open-local) "w3" "w3/w3.el")
|
|
78
|
9675
|
|
|
9676 (autoload 'w3-open-local "w3" "\
|
|
|
9677 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9678 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9679 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9680
|
|
|
9681 (autoload 'w3-find-file "w3" "\
|
|
|
9682 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9683 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9684 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9685
|
|
|
9686 (autoload 'w3-fetch-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9687 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9688 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9689 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9690
|
|
|
9691 (autoload 'w3-fetch "w3" "\
|
|
|
9692 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
82
|
9693 Defaults to URL of the current document, if any.
|
|
|
9694 With prefix argument, use the URL of the hyperlink under point instead." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9695
|
|
|
9696 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse "w3" "\
|
|
|
9697 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9698 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9699 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9700
|
|
|
9701 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9702 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9703 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9704 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9705
|
|
|
9706 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9707 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9708
|
|
|
9709 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point "w3" "\
|
|
|
9710 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9711
|
|
|
9712 (autoload 'w3-preview-this-buffer "w3" "\
|
|
|
9713 See what this buffer will look like when its formatted as HTML.
|
|
|
9714 HTML is the HyperText Markup Language used by the World Wide Web to
|
|
|
9715 specify formatting for text. More information on HTML can be found at
|
|
|
9716 ftp.w3.org:/pub/www/doc." t nil)
|
|
|
9717
|
|
|
9718 (autoload 'w3 "w3" "\
|
|
|
9719 Retrieve the default World Wide Web home page.
|
|
|
9720 The World Wide Web is a global hypertext system started by CERN in
|
|
|
9721 Switzerland in 1991.
|
|
|
9722
|
|
|
9723 The home page is specified by the variable w3-default-homepage. The
|
|
|
9724 document should be specified by its fully specified Uniform Resource
|
|
|
9725 Locator. The document will be parsed as HTML (if appropriate) and
|
|
|
9726 displayed in a new buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9727
|
|
|
9728 (autoload 'w3-do-setup "w3" "\
|
|
|
9729 Do setup - this is to avoid conflict with user settings when W3 is
|
|
|
9730 dumped with emacs." nil nil)
|
|
|
9731
|
|
|
9732 (autoload 'w3-follow-link-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9733 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9734 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9735 to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
9736
|
|
|
9737 (autoload 'w3-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9738 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point.
|
|
|
9739 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9740 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9741
|
|
|
9742 ;;;***
|
|
|
9743
|
|
|
9744 ;;;### (autoloads (font-menu-weight-constructor font-menu-size-constructor font-menu-family-constructor reset-device-font-menus) "x-font-menu" "x11/x-font-menu.el")
|
|
|
9745
|
|
|
9746 (defvar font-menu-ignore-scaled-fonts t "\
|
|
|
9747 *If non-nil, then the font menu will try to show only bitmap fonts.")
|
|
|
9748
|
|
|
9749 (defvar font-menu-this-frame-only-p nil "\
|
|
|
9750 *If non-nil, then changing the default font from the font menu will only
|
|
|
9751 affect one frame instead of all frames.")
|
|
|
9752
|
|
|
9753 (fset 'install-font-menus 'reset-device-font-menus)
|
|
|
9754
|
|
|
9755 (autoload 'reset-device-font-menus "x-font-menu" "\
|
|
|
9756 Generates the `Font', `Size', and `Weight' submenus for the Options menu.
|
|
|
9757 This is run the first time that a font-menu is needed for each device.
|
|
|
9758 If you don't like the lazy invocation of this function, you can add it to
|
|
|
9759 `create-device-hook' and that will make the font menus respond more quickly
|
|
|
9760 when they are selected for the first time. If you add fonts to your system,
|
|
|
9761 or if you change your font path, you can call this to re-initialize the menus." nil nil)
|
|
|
9762
|
|
|
9763 (autoload 'font-menu-family-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9764
|
|
|
9765 (autoload 'font-menu-size-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9766
|
|
|
9767 (autoload 'font-menu-weight-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9768
|
|
|
9769 ;;;***
|
